Fix changelog entry for configure.ac.

* tests/torture.at (Exploding the Stack Size with Alloca): Set
YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA to 1 if __GNUC__ or alloca are defined; otherwise, we're not testing alloca. Unfortunately there's no simple way to consult HAVE_ALLOCA here. (This made it into 2.0.)
2026-08-09 02:35:15 +00:00 · 2004-12-26 06:22:17 +00:00 · 2004-12-26 06:13:31 +00:00 · 2004-12-26 06:12:18 +00:00 · 2004-12-26 05:51:10 +00:00 · 2004-12-26 05:50:28 +00:00
190 changed files with 13075 additions and 27033 deletions
@@ -1,21 +1,23 @@
-Makefile
-config.cache
-config.h
-config.log
-config.status
-stamp-h*
-bison-*
-patches
+*.flc
 *.patch *.log log patches applied
 *.prj
-releases
-*.flc
-autom4te.cache
-intl
-Makefile.in
-configure
-config.hin
-aclocal.m4
 ABOUT-NLS
-INSTALL
 COPYING
+INSTALL
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+_*
+aclocal.m4
+autom4te.cache
+bison-*
+config.cache
+config.h
+config.hin
+config.log
+config.status
+configure
+configure.lineno
+intl
+patches
+releases
+stamp-h*
@@ -4,9 +4,31 @@
 # It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
 # only to the maintainer.

+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+# with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+# 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA.
+
 # Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
 # command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+ifeq ($(wildcard /bin/s[h]),/bin/sh)
 SHELL = /bin/sh
+else
+# will be used only with the next shell-test line, then overwritten
+# by a configured-in value
+SHELL = sh
+endif

 have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)

@@ -14,7 +36,11 @@ have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
 # give them a diagnostic.
 ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)

+# Make tar archive easier to reproduce.
+export TAR_OPTIONS = --owner=0 --group=0 --numeric-owner
+
 include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.cfg
 include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint

 else
@@ -70,14 +70,10 @@ release:
 See above.

 ** Update the foreign files
-Running `make update' in the top level should make it all for you.
-This covers PO files too.  Beware that it happens that some PO files
-contain serious problems and are rejected by recent Gettext releases:
-fix them all, and complain to the Translation Project!
-
-Note that there might be *new* PO files.  Don't forget to update the
-whole machinery, which not only includes LINGUAS, but `cvs add'ing the
-PO files too.
+Running `./bootstrap' in the top level should update them all for you.
+This covers PO files too.  Sometimes a PO file contains problems that
+causes it to be rejected by recent Gettext releases; please report
+these to the Translation Project.

 ** Update NEWS
 The version number, *and* the date of the release (including for
@@ -107,17 +103,19 @@ In configure.ac.  Run `make', check this in.

 ** Announce
 Complete/fix the announcement file, and send it at least to
-[email protected] (if a real release, or a ``serious beta''),
-[email protected], and [email protected].
+info-gnu@gnu.org (if a real release, or a ``serious beta''),
+bug-[email protected], [email protected], [email protected],
+and [email protected].

-Send the same announcement on the comp.compilers newsgroup.  Do not
-make any Cc as the moderator will throw away anything cross-posted or
-Cc'ed.  It really needs to be a separate message.
+Send the same announcement on the comp.compilers newsgroup by sending
+email to [email protected].  Do not make any Cc as the moderator will
+throw away anything cross-posted or Cc'ed.  It really needs to be a
+separate message.


 -----

-Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of GNU Bison.

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,28 +18,10 @@

 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

-SUBDIRS = config po lib data src doc m4 tests
+SUBDIRS = config po lib data src doc tests

-EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
+EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.cfg

 .PHONY: maintainer-check
 maintainer-check:
 	cd tests && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $@
-
-## ---------------------------- ##
-## Customizing Makefile.maint.  ##
-## ---------------------------- ##
-
-move_if_change = $(srcdir)/config/move-if-change
-prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
-release_archive_dir = releases
-
-# Uploading betas.
-url_dir_list = \
-  ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/bison
-
-# Files to update automatically.
-wget_files = $(srcdir)/config/config.guess $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
-	     $(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
-
-cvs_files = $(srcdir)/config/missing
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# Customize Makefile.maint for Bison.            -*- makefile -*-
+# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
+move_if_change = $(srcdir)/config/move-if-change
+announce_gen   = $(srcdir)/config/announce-gen
+release_archive_dir = releases
+
+# Use alpha.gnu.org for alpha and beta releases.
+# Use ftp.gnu.org for major releases.
+gnu_ftp_host-alpha = alpha
+gnu_ftp_host-beta = alpha
+gnu_ftp_host-major = ftp
+gnu_rel_host = $(gnu_ftp_host-$(RELEASE_TYPE))
+
+url_dir_list = \
+  ftp://$(gnu_rel_host).gnu.org/gnu/bison
+
+# Files to update automatically.
+wget_files = \
+  $(srcdir)/config/config.guess \
+  $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
+  $(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex \
+
+cvs_files = \
+  $(srcdir)/config/install-sh \
+  $(srcdir)/config/mdate-sh \
+  $(srcdir)/config/missing \
+  $(srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
+
+# Tests not to run.
+# local-checks-to-skip ?= \
+#   author_mark_check \
+#   strftime-check syntax-check makefile_path_separator_check \
+#   makefile-check
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 # -*-Makefile-*-
-# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils,
+# This Makefile fragment is shared between the coreutils,
 # CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.

-## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 ##
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,28 +19,39 @@
 ## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
 ## 02111-1307, USA.

+# This is reported not to work with make-3.79.1
+# ME := $(word $(words $(MAKEFILE_LIST)),$(MAKEFILE_LIST))
+ME := Makefile.maint
+
 # Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
-GZIP_ENV = '--no-name --best'
+GZIP_ENV = \
+  "--no-name --best$$( \
+    case $$(gzip --help) in \
+    (*--rsyncable*) echo ' --rsyncable';; \
+    esac \
+  )"

 CVS = cvs

-prev_version_file ?= .prev-version
+ifeq ($(origin prev_version_file), undefined)
+  prev_version_file = .prev-version
+endif

-THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
 PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
-PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')

 tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]')
 tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
-tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
 this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
-prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
 my_distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)

 # Old releases are stored here.
 # Used for diffs and xdeltas.
 release_archive_dir ?= ../release

+# Prevent programs like 'sort' from considering distinct strings to be equal.
+# Doing it here saves us from having to set LC_ALL elsewhere in this file.
+export LC_ALL = C
+


 ## --------------- ##
@@ -50,21 +61,134 @@ release_archive_dir ?= ../release
 # Checks that don't require cvs.
 # Run `changelog-check' last, as previous test may reveal problems requiring
 # new ChangeLog entries.
-local-check = \
+local-checks-available = \
  po-check copyright-check writable-files m4-check author_mark_check \
-  changelog-check strftime-check header-check
-.PHONY: $(local-check)
+  changelog-check strftime-check syntax-check makefile_path_separator_check \
+  makefile-check
+.PHONY: $(local-checks-available)
+
+local-check = $(filter-out $(local-checks-to-skip), $(local-checks-available))

 # Make sure C source files in src/ don't include xalloc.h directly,
 # since they all already include it via sys2.h.
 # It's not a big deal -- just aesthetics.
-header-check:
-	if test -f $(srcdir)/src/sys2.h; then				\
+.PHONY: $(syntax-check-rules)
+syntax-check-rules = \
+  sc_cast_of_argument_to_free \
+  sc_cast_of_x_alloc_return_value \
+  sc_changelog \
+  sc_error_exit_success \
+  sc_space_tab \
+  sc_sun_os_names \
+  sc_system_h_headers \
+  sc_unmarked_diagnostics \
+  sc_xalloc_h_in_src
+
+syntax-check: $(syntax-check-rules)
+#	@grep -E '#  *include <(limits|std(def|arg|bool))\.h>'		\
+#	    $$(find -type f -name '*.[chly]') &&			\
+#	  { echo '$(ME): found conditional include' 1>&2;		\
+#	    exit 1; } || :
+
+#	grep -E '^#  *include <(string|stdlib)\.h>'			\
+#	    $(srcdir)/{lib,src}/*.[chy] &&				\
+#	  { echo '$(ME): FIXME' 1>&2;					\
+#	    exit 1; } || :
+# FIXME: don't allow `#include .strings\.h' anywhere
+
+# Look for diagnostics that aren't marked for translation.
+# This won't find any for which error's format string is on a separate line.
+sc_unmarked_diagnostics:
+	@grep --exclude=$(srcdir)/src/shred.c -E			\
+	    '\<error \([^"]*"[^"]*[a-z]{3}' $(srcdir)/{lib,src}/*.c	\
+	  | grep -v '_(' &&						\
+	  { echo '$(ME): found unmarked diagnostic(s)' 1>&2;		\
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_cast_of_argument_to_free:
+	@grep -E '\<free \(\(' $(srcdir)/{lib,src}/*.[chly] &&		\
+	  { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast free argument' 1>&2;		\
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_cast_of_x_alloc_return_value:
+	@grep -E --exclude=$(srcdir)/lib/regex.c			\
+	    '\*\) *x(m|c|re)alloc\>' $(srcdir)/{lib,src}/*.[chy] &&	\
+	  { echo '$(ME): don'\''t cast x*alloc return value' 1>&2;	\
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_space_tab:
+	@( cvsu --list ) > /dev/null 2>&1 || : &&			\
+	  grep '[ ]	'						\
+	     $$(cvsu --list | grep -vEf .x-$@ ) &&			\
+	  { echo '$(ME): found SPACE-TAB sequence; remove the SPACE'	\
+		1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
+# Using EXIT_SUCCESS as the first argument to error is misleading,
+# since when that parameter is 0, error does not exit.  Use `0' instead.
+sc_error_exit_success:
+	@grep -F 'error (EXIT_SUCCESS,'					\
+	    $$(find -type f -name '*.[chly]') &&			\
+	  { echo '$(ME): found error (EXIT_SUCCESS' 1>&2;		\
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
+# FIXME: merge this with sc_system_h_headers below.
+# xalloc.h is included via system.h, so should not be included
+# directly by any file in src/.
+sc_xalloc_h_in_src:
+	@if test -f $(srcdir)/src/sys2.h; then				\
 	  if grep 'xalloc\.h' $(srcdir)/src/*.c; then			\
 	    exit 1;							\
 	  fi;								\
 	fi

+# FIXME: warn about definitions of EXIT_FAILURE, EXIT_SUCCESS, STREQ
+
+# Each nonempty line must start with a year number, or a TAB.
+sc_changelog:
+	@grep '^[^12	]' $$(find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2) &&	\
+	  { echo '$(ME): found unexpected prefix in a ChangeLog' 1>&2;	\
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
+header_regexp = \
+  alloca\
+  |closeout\
+  |ctype\
+  |dirent\
+  |errno\
+  |fcntl\
+  |inttypes\
+  |limits\
+  |locale\
+  |pathmax\
+  |std(lib|bool)\
+  |string\
+  |sys/(stat|dir|time)\
+  |time\
+  |unistd\
+  |utime\
+  |version-etc\
+  |xalloc
+h_re := $(shell echo '$(header_regexp)'|tr -d ' ')
+
+# Files in src/ should not include directly any of
+# the headers already included via system.h.
+# Get list of candidates with this:
+# grep -h include src/sys*.h|sed 's/.*include //'|sort -
+sc_system_h_headers:
+	@( cvsu --list ) > /dev/null 2>&1 || : &&			\
+	grep -E '^# *include ["<]($(h_re))\.h[">]'			\
+	    $$(cvsu --list src | grep -Ev 'sys(2|tem)\.h$$')		\
+	  && { echo '$(ME): the above are already included via system.h'\
+		1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
+sc_sun_os_names:
+	@( cvsu --list ) > /dev/null 2>&1 || : && \
+	grep -Ei \
+	    'solaris[^[:alnum:]]*2\.(7|8|9|[1-9][0-9])|sunos[^[:alnum:]][6-9]' \
+	  $$(cvsu --list | grep -vEf .x-$@ ) &&			\
+	  { echo '$(ME): found misuse of Sun OS version numbers' 1>&2;	\
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
 # Ensure that date's --help output stays in sync with the info
 # documentation for GNU strftime.  The only exception is %N,
 # which date accepts but GNU strftime does not.
@@ -80,6 +204,13 @@ strftime-check:
 	  rm -f $@-src $@-info;						\
 	fi

+# Ensure that we use only the standard $(VAR) notation,
+# not @...@ in Makefile.am, now that we can rely on automake
+# to emit a definition for each substituted variable.
+makefile-check:
+	grep -E '@[A-Z_0-9]+@' `find . -name Makefile.am` \
+	  && { echo 'Makefile.maint: use $(...), not @...@' 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
 changelog-check:
 	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
 	  :; \
@@ -119,6 +250,17 @@ author_mark_check:
 	  { echo 'Makefile.maint: enclose the above strings in N_ (...)' 1>&2; \
 	    exit 1; } || :

+# Sometimes it is useful to change the PATH environment variable
+# in Makefiles.  When doing so, it's better not to use the Unix-centric
+# path separator of `:', but rather the automake-provided `@PATH_SEPARATOR@'.
+# It'd be better to use `find -print0 ...|xargs -0 ...', but less portable,
+# and there probably aren't many projects with so many Makefile.am files
+# that we'd have to worry about limits on command line length.
+msg = 'Makefile.maint: Do not use `:'\'' above; use @PATH_SEPARATOR@ instead'
+makefile_path_separator_check:
+	@grep 'PATH=.*:' `find $(srcdir) -name Makefile.am` \
+	  && { echo $(msg) 1>&2; exit 1; } || :
+
 # Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
 writable-files:
 	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
@@ -153,10 +295,10 @@ cvs-tag-check:
 	else :; fi

 cvs-diff-check:
-	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
-	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
-	else						  	\
-	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
+	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then				\
+	  rm cvs-diffs;						\
+	else							\
+	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;		\
 	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
 	  exit 1;						\
 	fi
@@ -189,10 +331,11 @@ null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
 # by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
 # and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
 # treated as a failure.
-t=./=test
+TMPDIR ?= /tmp
+t=$(TMPDIR)/$(PACKAGE)/test
 my-distcheck: $(local-check)
 	-rm -rf $(t)
-	mkdir $(t)
+	mkdir -p $(t)
 	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
 	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
 	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
@@ -201,14 +344,17 @@ my-distcheck: $(local-check)
 	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
 	  && $(MAKE) check \
 	  && $(MAKE) distclean
-	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
-	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	(cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf - ) < $(distdir).tar.gz
 	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	@echo "========================"; \
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"

+WGET = wget
+WGETFLAGS = -C off
+
 tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
 tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
 bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
@@ -224,62 +370,37 @@ rel-check:
 	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
 	set -e; \
 	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
-	wget -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	$(WGET) $(WGETFLAGS) -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
 	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
 	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz

 prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
 xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta

-news-r1 = /^[^ ].*$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
-news-r2 = /^[^ ].*$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
+signatures ?= $(distdir).tar.bz2.asc $(distdir).tar.gz.asc
+%.asc: %
+	rm -f $@
+	gpg --armor --detach-sign -o $@ $<

-rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
-announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
-	@( \
-	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
-	  echo; \
-	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
-	  done; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
-	  echo; \
-	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
-	  done; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures:"; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
-	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
-	  echo "$(xdelta-md5)  $(xd-delta)"; \
-	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
-	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
-	  echo "$(xdelta-sha1)  $(xd-delta)"; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo NEWS:; \
-	  sed -n "$(news-r1),$(news-r2)p" NEWS \
-	    | grep -v '^\['; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
-	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
-	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
-	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
-	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
-	)
+rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz $(signatures)
+announce_gen ?= ./announce-gen
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files) $(signatures)
+	@$(announce_gen)						\
+	    --release-type=$(RELEASE_TYPE)				\
+	    --package=$(PACKAGE)					\
+	    --prev=$(PREV_VERSION)					\
+	    --curr=$(VERSION)						\
+	    --release-archive-directory=$(release_archive_dir)		\
+	    --news=NEWS							\
+	    $(addprefix --url-dir=, $(url_dir_list))			\


 ## ---------------- ##
 ## Updating files.  ##
 ## ---------------- ##

-WGET = wget
 ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
+www-gnu = http://www.gnu.org

 # Use mv, if you don't have/want move-if-change.
 move_if_change ?= move-if-change
@@ -304,7 +425,8 @@ do-po-update:
 	tmppo=/tmp/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)-po &&\
 	rm -rf $$tmppo && \
 	mkdir $$tmppo && \
-	(cd $$tmppo && $(WGET) -r -l1 -nd --no-parent -A '*.po' $(po_repo)) &&\
+	(cd $$tmppo && \
+	  $(WGET) $(WGETFLAGS) -r -l1 -nd --no-parent -A '*.po' $(po_repo)) &&\
 	cp $$tmppo/*.po po
 	cd po && $(MAKE) update-po
 	$(MAKE) po-check
@@ -334,32 +456,41 @@ ansi2knr.c-url_prefix = ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/ghost/

 texinfo.tex-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/

-standards.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
-make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+standards.texi-url_prefix = $(www-gnu)/prep/
+make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(standards.texi-url_prefix)

 target = $(patsubst get-%, %, $@)
 url = $($(notdir $(target))-url_prefix)$(notdir $(target))

 .PHONY: $(get-targets)
 $(get-targets):
-	$(WGET) $(url) -O $(target).t \
+	$(WGET) $(WGETFLAGS) $(url) -O $(target).t \
 	  && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target)

-cvs_files ?= $(srcdir)/config/depcomp $(srcdir)/config/missing $(srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs \
-             $(srcdir)/config/install-sh $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c
+cvs_files ?= \
+  $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c \
+  $(srcdir)/config/depcomp \
+  $(srcdir)/config/install-sh \
+  $(srcdir)/config/missing \
+  $(srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
 automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs:[email protected]:/cvs/automake
 .PHONY: wget-update
 wget-update: $(get-targets)

 .PHONY: cvs-update
 cvs-update:
-	for f in $(cvs_files); do				      \
-	  test -f $$f || { echo "*** skipping $$f" 1>&2; continue; }; \
-	  file=`basename $$f`;					      \
-	  echo checking out $$file...;				      \
-	  $(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$$file> $$f.t \
-	    && $(move_if_change) $$f.t $$f;			      \
-	done
+	fail=;								\
+	for f in $(cvs_files); do					\
+	  test -f $$f || { echo "*** skipping $$f" 1>&2; continue; };	\
+	  cvs diff $$f > /dev/null					\
+	    || { echo "*** $$f is locally modified; skipping it" 1>&2;	\
+		 fail=yes; continue; };					\
+	  file=$$(basename $$f);					\
+	  echo checking out $$file...;					\
+	  $(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$$file> $$f.t	\
+	    && $(move_if_change) $$f.t $$f;				\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1

 define emit-upload-commands
 	echo =====================================
@@ -373,10 +504,11 @@ endef
 $(xd-delta): $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz
 	xdelta delta -9 $^ $@ || :

-alpha: $(local-check)
+.PHONY: alpha beta major
+alpha beta major: $(local-check)
 	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
 	$(MAKE) $(xd-delta)
-	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement RELEASE_TYPE=$@ > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
 	ln $(rel-files) $(release_archive_dir)
 	chmod a-w $(rel-files)
 	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
@@ -1,6 +1,70 @@
 Bison News
 ----------

+Changes in version 2.0, 2004-12-25:
+
+* Possibly-incompatible changes
+
+  - Bison-generated parsers no longer default to using the alloca function
+    (when available) to extend the parser stack, due to widespread
+    problems in unchecked stack-overflow detection.  You can "#define
+    YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA 1" to require the use of alloca, but please read
+    the manual to determine safe values for YYMAXDEPTH in that case.
+
+  - Error token location.
+    During error recovery, the location of the syntax error is updated
+    to cover the whole sequence covered by the error token: it includes
+    the shifted symbols thrown away during the first part of the error
+    recovery, and the lookahead rejected during the second part.
+
+  - Semicolon changes:
+    . Stray semicolons are no longer allowed at the start of a grammar.
+    . Semicolons are now required after in-grammar declarations.
+
+  - Unescaped newlines are no longer allowed in character constants or
+    string literals.  They were never portable, and GCC 3.4.0 has
+    dropped support for them.  Better diagnostics are now generated if
+    forget a closing quote.
+
+  - NUL bytes are no longer allowed in Bison string literals, unfortunately.
+
+* New features
+
+  - GLR grammars now support locations.
+
+  - New directive: %initial-action.
+    This directive allows the user to run arbitrary code (including
+    initializing @$) from yyparse before parsing starts.
+
+  - A new directive "%expect-rr N" specifies the expected number of
+    reduce/reduce conflicts in GLR parsers.
+
+  - %token numbers can now be hexadecimal integers, e.g., `%token FOO 0x12d'.
+    This is a GNU extension.
+
+  - The option `--report=lookahead' was changed to `--report=look-ahead'.
+    The old spelling still works, but is not documented and will be
+    removed.
+
+  - Experimental %destructor support has been added to lalr1.cc.
+
+  - New configure option --disable-yacc, to disable installation of the
+    yacc command and -ly library introduced in 1.875 for POSIX conformance.
+
+* Bug fixes
+
+  - For now, %expect-count violations are now just warnings, not errors.
+    This is for compatibility with Bison 1.75 and earlier (when there are
+    reduce/reduce conflicts) and with Bison 1.30 and earlier (when there
+    are too many or too few shift/reduce conflicts).  However, in future
+    versions of Bison we plan to improve the %expect machinery so that
+    these violations will become errors again.
+
+  - Within Bison itself, numbers (e.g., goto numbers) are no longer
+    arbitrarily limited to 16-bit counts.
+
+  - Semicolons are now allowed before "|" in grammar rules, as POSIX requires.
+
 Changes in version 1.875, 2003-01-01:

 * The documentation license has been upgraded to version 1.2
@@ -93,7 +157,7 @@ Changes in version 1.875, 2003-01-01:
  later to be built.  This change originally took place a few versions
  ago, but nobody noticed until we recently asked someone to try
  building Bison with a K&R C compiler.
-
+
 Changes in version 1.75, 2002-10-14:

 * Bison should now work on 64-bit hosts.
@@ -124,7 +188,7 @@ Changes in version 1.75, 2002-10-14:

  was incorrectly rejected: $1 is defined in the second mid-rule
  action, and is equal to the $$ of the first mid-rule action.
-
+
 Changes in version 1.50, 2002-10-04:

 * GLR parsing
@@ -171,7 +235,8 @@ Changes in version 1.50, 2002-10-04:
  allowed some non-error action other than a default reduction on the
  error token.  The new behavior has long been the documented behavior,
  and has long been required by POSIX.  For more details, please see
-  <http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-bison/2002-May/001452.html>.
+  Paul Eggert, "Reductions during Bison error handling" (2002-05-20)
+  <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-bison/2002-05/msg00038.html>.

 * Traces
  Popped tokens and nonterminals are now reported.
@@ -246,8 +311,8 @@ Changes in version 1.50, 2002-10-04:
  produces additional information:
  - itemset
    complete the core item sets with their closure
-  - lookahead
-    explicitly associate lookaheads to items
+  - lookahead [changed to `look-ahead' in 1.875e and later]
+    explicitly associate look-ahead tokens to items
  - solved
    describe shift/reduce conflicts solving.
    Bison used to systematically output this information on top of
@@ -528,7 +593,7 @@ End:

 -----

-Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
@@ -1,24 +1,50 @@
 This directory contains the Bison parser generator.

-See the file INSTALL for compilation and installation instructions.
+See the file INSTALL for generic compilation and installation instructions.
 See the file doc/FAQ for frequently asked questions.

-It was once true that, when installing Bison on Sequent (or Pyramid?)
-systems, you had to be in the Berkeley universe.  This may no longer
-be true; we have no way to tell.
+Bison requires GNU m4 1.4 or later.  Vanilla GNU m4 1.4 has some
+serious bugs, so we recommend using m4 1.4 as patched by the standard
+GNU/Linux distributions.  If you're building GNU m4 1.4 from scratch
+we suggest using this version:

-On VMS, you will probably have to create Makefile from Makefile.in by
-hand.  Remember to do `SET COMMAND BISON' to install the data in
-`BISON.CLD'.
+ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/m4/m4-1.4.2.tar.gz
+
+Older versions of Sun Forte Developer 6 update 2 have a compiler bug
+that cause "make check" to fail with a "Encounter BINCL entry"
+diagnostic.  To fix the bug, update to the latest set of Solaris and
+Forte patches recommended by Sun.

 VMS and MS-DOS builds are probably broken right now.  If you are able
 to build Bison on either platform and you need to make changes to do
-so, please submit those changes as a bug report.
+so, please submit those changes as a bug report.  On VMS, you will
+probably have to create Makefile from Makefile.in by hand.  Remember
+to do `SET COMMAND BISON' to install the data in `BISON.CLD'.

-Send bug reports to [email protected].  Please include the version
+Send bug reports to <[email protected]>.  Please include the version
 number from `bison --version', and a complete, self-contained test
 case in each bug report.

 If you have questions about using Bison which the documentation does
-not answer, send mail to [email protected].
+not answer, send mail to <[email protected]>.

+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1998, 1999, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with autoconf; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
@@ -7,18 +7,12 @@ The documentation still needs more work.  Suggestions welcome.
 Patches even more welcome.

 Please send comments and problem reports about this test release to
-[email protected].  This program will get better only if you report
+<[email protected]>.  This program will get better only if you report
 the problems you encounter.

-Please, *do not package this*, *do not distribute it* widely, it is
-not ready for full scale use.  Because it is not fully functional, if
-you distribute this package, we will be buried under bug reports from
-panicked users.  We don't have time to spend on this, and nor do the
-users.
-
 -----

-Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of GNU Bison.

@@ -6,14 +6,14 @@ Bison.
 * Requirements

 Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
-maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to the maintainer
-tools we depend upon:
+maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to get the latest
+stable versions of the maintainer tools we depend upon, including:

- Automake 1.7
-
- Autoconf 2.54
-
- Gettext 0.11.5
+- Automake
+- Autoconf
+- Flex
+- Gettext
+- CVS Bison itself

 Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
 later, a plain `cvs update -P & make' should be sufficient.
@@ -53,19 +53,19 @@ If you experience problems, I suggest the following:
 1. Do a regular CVS checkout

 2. Fetch a recent tarball in:
-   http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~akim/download/
+   ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/bison/

 3. Extract it

 4. Override the content of your checkout with the content of this
   tarball, i.e.:
-   cp -r bison-1.49b/* bison-cvs
+   cp -r bison-1.875c/* bison-cvs

 5. Proceed on ./configure && make etc.

 -----

-Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of GNU Bison.

@@ -19,12 +19,15 @@ kludges that Johnson had to perpetrate to make Yacc fit in a PDP-11.
 Also, Bison uses a faster but less space-efficient encoding for the
 parse tables (see Corbett's PhD thesis from Berkeley, "Static
 Semantics in Compiler Error Recovery", June 1985, Report No. UCB/CSD
-85/251), and more modern technique for generating the lookahead sets.
-(See "Efficient Construction of LALR(1) Lookahead Sets" by F. DeRemer
-and A. Pennello, in ACM TOPLS Vol 4 No 4, October 1982.  Their
+85/251), and more modern technique for generating the look-ahead sets.
+(See Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, "Efficient Computation of
+LALR(1) Look-Ahead Sets", ACM Transactions on Programming Languages
+and Systems (TOPLAS) 4, 4 (October 1982), 615-649.  Their
 technique is the standard one now.)

 	paul rubin
 	free software foundation


+[DeRemer-Pennello reference corrected by Paul Eggert <[email protected]>,
+ 2004-06-21.]
@@ -5,12 +5,16 @@ Airy Andre                [email protected]
 Akim Demaille             [email protected]
 Albert Chin-A-Young       [email protected]
 Alexander Belopolsky      [email protected]
+Alexandre Duret-Lutz      [email protected]
 Andreas Schwab            [email protected]
+Andrew Suffield           [email protected]
 Arnold Robbins            [email protected]
 Art Haas                  [email protected]
+Baron Schwartz            [email protected]
 Benoit Perrot             [email protected]
 Bert Deknuydt             [email protected]
 Bruce Lilly               [email protected]
+Bruno Haible              [email protected]
 Charles-Henri de Boysson  [email protected]
 Cris Bailiff              [email protected]
 Cris van Pelt             [email protected]
@@ -21,6 +25,8 @@ Enrico Scholz             [email protected]
 Evgeny Stambulchik        [email protected]
 Fabrice Bauzac            [email protected]
 Florian Krohm             [email protected]
+Frank Heckenbach          [email protected]
+Guido Trentalancia        [email protected]
 H. Merijn Brand           [email protected]
 Hans Aberg                [email protected]
 Jan Nieuwenhuizen         [email protected]
@@ -44,10 +50,11 @@ Nicolas Burrus            [email protected]
 Nicolas Tisserand         [email protected]
 Noah Friedman             [email protected]
 Pascal Bart               [email protected]
-Paul Eggert               eggert@twinsun.com
+Paul Eggert               eggert@cs.ucla.edu
 Paul Hilfinger            [email protected]
 Per Allansson             [email protected]
-Peter Hámorský            [email protected]
+Peter Fales               [email protected]
+Peter Hamorsky            [email protected]
 Piotr Gackiewicz          [email protected]
 Quoc Peyrot               [email protected]
 R Blake                   [email protected]
@@ -59,6 +66,8 @@ Tim Josling               [email protected]
 Tim Van Holder            [email protected]
 Tom Lane                  [email protected]
 Tom Tromey                [email protected]
+Troy A. Johnson           [email protected]
+Vin Shelton               [email protected]
 Wayne Green               [email protected]
 Wolfram Wagner            [email protected]
 Wwp                       [email protected]
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Currently, the GLR parser cannot compile with a C++ compiler.

 **  GLR
 How would Paul like to display the conflicted actions?  In particular,
-what when two reductions are possible on a given lookahead, but one is
+what when two reductions are possible on a given look-ahead token, but one is
 part of $default.  Should we make the two reductions explicit, or just
 keep $default?  See the following point.

@@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ we should be able to have:

 Or something like this.

-
 ** yysymprint interface
 It should be improved, in particular when using Bison features such as
 locations, and YYPARSE_PARAMS.  For the time being, it is almost
@@ -118,6 +117,20 @@ to avoid falling into another CPP mistake.
 ** -D, --define-muscle NAME=VALUE
 To define muscles via cli.  Or maybe support directly NAME=VALUE?

+** XML Output
+There are couple of available extensions of Bison targeting some XML
+output.  Some day we should consider including them.  One issue is
+that they seem to be quite orthogonal to the parsing technique, and
+seem to depend mostly on the possibility to have some code triggered
+for each reduction.  As a matter of fact, such hooks could also be
+used to generate the yydebug traces.  Some generic scheme probably
+exists in there.
+
+XML output for GNU Bison and gcc
+   http://www.cs.may.ie/~jpower/Research/bisonXML/
+
+XML output for GNU Bison
+   http://yaxx.sourceforge.net/

 * Unit rules
 Maybe we could expand unit rules, i.e., transform
@@ -161,7 +174,7 @@ There are a couple of proposed outputs:
  which is based on Bison.
  <http://www.goice.co.jp/member/mo/hack-progs/bison-java.html>

-Sébastien Serrurier ([email protected]) is working on this: he is
+Sebastien Serrurier ([email protected]) is working on this: he is
 expected to contact the authors, design the output, and implement it
 into Bison.

@@ -324,7 +337,7 @@ the parser with a means to create the (visual) parse tree.

 -----

-Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of GNU Bison.

@@ -1,6 +1,272 @@
 #! /bin/sh

-echo "Bootstrapping CVS Bison..."
+# Bootstrap this package from CVS.

-echo "running: autoreconf --verbose --install --force"
-autoreconf --verbose --install --force
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307, USA.
+
+# Written by Paul Eggert.
+
+package=bison
+
+# Ensure file names are sorted consistently across platforms;
+# e.g., m4/ulonglong_gl.m4 should follow m4/ulonglong.m4.
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+
+# Parse options.
+
+for option
+do
+  case $option in
+  --help)
+    echo "$0: usage: $0 [--gnulib-srcdir=DIR] [--cvs-user=USERNAME] [--skip-po]"
+    exit;;
+  --gnulib-srcdir=*)
+    GNULIB_SRCDIR=`expr "$option" : '--gnulib-srcdir=\(.*\)'`;;
+  --cvs-user=*)
+    CVS_USER=`expr "$option" : '--cvs-user=\(.*\)'`;;
+  --skip-po)
+    SKIP_PO=t;;
+  *)
+    echo >&2 "$0: $option: unknown option"
+    exit 1;;
+  esac
+done
+
+echo "$0: Bootstrapping CVS $package..."
+
+build_cvs_prefix() {
+  CVS_PREFIX=:${1}:
+  if [ "${2}" != - ]; then
+    CVS_PREFIX=${CVS_PREFIX}${2}@
+  fi
+}
+
+# Get gnulib files.
+
+case ${GNULIB_SRCDIR--} in
+-)
+  if [ ! -d gnulib ]; then
+    echo "$0: getting gnulib files..."
+
+    trap exit 1 2 13 15
+    trap 'rm -fr gnulib; exit 1' 0
+
+    case ${CVS_AUTH-anoncvs} in
+    anoncvs)
+      CVS_PREFIX='anoncvs@';;
+    ssh)
+      CVS_PREFIX="$CVS_USER${CVS_USER+@}";;
+    *)
+      echo "$0: $CVS_AUTH: Unknown CVS access method" >&2
+      exit 1;;
+    esac
+
+    case $CVS_RSH in
+    '') export CVS_RSH=ssh;;
+    esac
+
+    cvs -z3 -q -d ${CVS_PREFIX}subversions.gnu.org:/cvsroot/gnulib co gnulib || exit
+
+    trap 0
+  fi
+  GNULIB_SRCDIR=gnulib
+esac
+
+<$GNULIB_SRCDIR/gnulib-tool || exit
+
+gnulib_modules='
+alloca
+argmatch
+dirname
+error
+extensions
+getopt
+hard-locale
+hash
+malloc
+mbswidth
+obstack
+quote
+quotearg
+stdbool
+stpcpy
+xalloc
+xalloc-die
+xstrndup
+'
+
+previous_gnulib_modules=
+while [ "$gnulib_modules" != "$previous_gnulib_modules" ]; do
+  previous_gnulib_modules=$gnulib_modules
+  gnulib_modules=`
+    (echo "$gnulib_modules"
+     for gnulib_module in $gnulib_modules; do
+       $GNULIB_SRCDIR/gnulib-tool --extract-dependencies $gnulib_module
+     done) | sort -u
+  `
+done
+
+gnulib_files=`
+  (for gnulib_module in $gnulib_modules; do
+     $GNULIB_SRCDIR/gnulib-tool --extract-filelist $gnulib_module
+   done) | sort -u
+`
+
+gnulib_dirs=`echo "$gnulib_files" | sed 's,/[^/]*$,,' | sort -u`
+mkdir -p $gnulib_dirs || exit
+
+for gnulib_file in $gnulib_files; do
+  dest=$gnulib_file
+
+  case $gnulib_file in
+  m4/onceonly_2_57.m4) dest=m4/onceonly.m4;;
+  # These will be overwritten by autopoint, which still uses
+  # old jm_.* macro names, so we have to keep both copies.
+  # m4/gettext.m4 isn't mentioned here, since it's patched below.
+  m4/glibc21.m4 | m4/inttypes_h.m4 | m4/lib-ld.m4 | \
+  m4/lib-prefix.m4 | m4/po.m4 | m4/stdint_h.m4 | m4/uintmax_t.m4 | \
+  m4/ulonglong.m4)
+    dest=`expr $gnulib_file : '\(.*\).m4'`_gl.m4;;
+  esac
+
+  rm -f $dest &&
+  echo "$0: Copying file $GNULIB_SRCDIR/$gnulib_file" &&
+  cp -p $GNULIB_SRCDIR/$gnulib_file $dest || exit
+done
+
+echo "$0: patching m4/gettext.m4 so that AM_INTL_SUBDIR is empty ..."
+sed '
+  /^AC_DEFUN(\[AM_INTL_SUBDIR],/,/^]/c\
+    AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR], [])
+' m4/gettext.m4 >m4/gettext_gl.m4 || exit
+
+
+# Get translations.
+
+case $SKIP_PO in
+'')
+  echo "$0: getting translations into po (please ignore the robots.txt ERROR 404)..."
+  (cd po &&
+   rm -f dummy `ls | sed -n '/\.gmo$/p; /\.po/p'` &&
+   wget -nv -nd -r -l 1 -A .po -C off \
+     http://www2.iro.umontreal.ca/~gnutra/po/maint/$package/ &&
+   ls *.po | sed 's/\.po$//' >LINGUAS
+  ) || exit;;
+esac
+
+
+# Generate autoconf and automake snippets.
+
+(echo '# This file is generated automatically by "bootstrap".' &&
+ echo 'AC_DEFUN([GNULIB_AUTOCONF_SNIPPET],[' &&
+ $GNULIB_SRCDIR/gnulib-tool --extract-autoconf-snippet $gnulib_modules &&
+ echo '])'
+) >m4/gnulib.m4 || exit
+
+(echo '# This file is generated automatically by "bootstrap".' &&
+ $GNULIB_SRCDIR/gnulib-tool --extract-automake-snippet $gnulib_modules
+) >lib/gnulib.mk || exit
+
+
+# Reconfigure, getting other files.
+
+echo "$0: autoreconf --verbose --install --force ..."
+autoreconf --verbose --install --force || exit
+
+
+# We don't need intl, so remove it.
+# Remove aclocal.m4 too, so that it gets rebuilt.
+intl_files_to_remove='
+  aclocal.m4
+  intl
+  m4/codeset.m4
+  m4/gettext.m4
+  m4/glibc21.m4
+  m4/intdiv0.m4
+  m4/intmax.m4
+  m4/inttypes_h.m4
+  m4/inttypes.m4
+  m4/inttypes-pri.m4
+  m4/isc-posix.m4
+  m4/lcmessage.m4
+  m4/lib-ld.m4
+  m4/lib-prefix.m4
+  m4/longdouble.m4
+  m4/longlong.m4
+  m4/po.m4
+  m4/printf-posix.m4
+  m4/signed.m4
+  m4/size_max.m4
+  m4/stdint_h.m4
+  m4/uintmax_t.m4
+  m4/ulonglong.m4
+  m4/wchar_t.m4
+  m4/wint_t.m4
+  m4/xsize.m4
+'
+echo $0: rm -fr $intl_files_to_remove ...
+rm -fr $intl_files_to_remove || exit
+
+# Patch what appears to be a bug in gettext 0.14.1;
+# remove this once the bug is fixed.
+grep @top_builddir@ po/Makefile.in.in >/dev/null || {
+  echo "$0: prepending 'top_builddir=@top_builddir@' to po/Makefile.in.in ... "
+  old_contents=`cat po/Makefile.in.in` || exit
+  cat >po/Makefile.in.in <<EOF
+top_builddir=@top_builddir@
+$old_contents
+EOF
+}
+
+# Put bug-reporting address into po/Makevars.
+echo "$0: sed '/^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s/=.*/= [email protected]/' po/Makevars.template >po/Makevars ..."
+sed '/^MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS *=/s/=.*/= [email protected]/' po/Makevars.template >po/Makevars
+
+
+# if src/parse-gram.[ch] are out of date, rebuild them.
+parse_gram_y=`find src/parse-gram.y \
+		 '(' -newer src/parse-gram.c -o -newer src/parse-gram.h ')' \
+		 -print` || exit
+case $parse_gram_y in
+?*)
+  echo "$0: warning: bootstrapping with old src/parse-gram.[ch] files."
+
+  echo "$0: touch -c src/parse-gram.[ch] ... "
+  touch -c src/parse-gram.[ch] || exit
+
+  echo "$0: ./configure --disable-nls ..."
+  ./configure --disable-nls || exit
+
+  echo "$0: (cd lib && make) ..."
+  (cd lib && make) || exit
+
+  echo "$0: (cd src && make) ..."
+  (cd src && make) || exit
+
+  echo "$0: rm -f src/parse-gram.c src/parse-gram.h ..."
+  rm -f src/parse-gram.c src/parse-gram.h || exit
+
+  echo "$0: (cd src && make parse-gram.c parse-gram.h) ..."
+  (cd src && make parse-gram.c parse-gram.h) || exit
+
+  echo "$0: make distclean ..."
+  make distclean || exit;;
+esac
+
+echo "$0: done.  Now you can run './configure'."
@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
-Makefile
 *.t
+Makefile
 Makefile.in
-mkinstalldirs
-missing
-config.sub
 config.guess
-mdate-sh
-texinfo.tex
 config.rpath
+config.sub
+depcomp
+install-sh
+mdate-sh
+missing
+mkinstalldirs
+texinfo.tex
 ylwrap
@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+# Generate an announcement message.
+use strict;
+
+use Getopt::Long;
+use Digest::MD5;
+use Digest::SHA1;
+
+(my $VERSION = '$Revision$ ') =~ tr/[0-9].//cd;
+(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
+
+my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta major);
+
+END
+{
+  # Nobody ever checks the status of print()s.  That's okay, because
+  # if any do fail, we're guaranteed to get an indicator when we close()
+  # the filehandle.
+  #
+  # Close stdout now, and if there were no errors, return happy status.
+  # If stdout has already been closed by the script, though, do nothing.
+  defined fileno STDOUT
+    or return;
+  close STDOUT
+    and return;
+
+  # Errors closing stdout.  Indicate that, and hope stderr is OK.
+  warn "$ME: closing standard output: $!\n";
+
+  # Don't be so arrogant as to assume that we're the first END handler
+  # defined, and thus the last one invoked.  There may be others yet
+  # to come.  $? will be passed on to them, and to the final _exit().
+  #
+  # If it isn't already an error, make it one (and if it _is_ an error,
+  # preserve the value: it might be important).
+  $? ||= 1;
+}
+
+sub usage ($)
+{
+  my ($exit_code) = @_;
+  my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
+  if ($exit_code != 0)
+    {
+      print $STREAM "Try `$ME --help' for more information.\n";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types;
+      print $STREAM <<EOF;
+Usage: $ME [OPTIONS]
+
+OPTIONS:
+
+  Generate an announcement message.
+
+  FIXME: describe the following
+
+   --release-type=TYPE          TYPE must be one of @types
+   --package-name=PACKAGE_NAME
+   --previous-version=VER
+   --current-version=VER
+   --release-archive-directory=DIR
+   --url-directory=URL_DIR
+   --news=NEWS_FILE             optional
+
+   --help             display this help and exit
+   --version          output version information and exit
+
+EOF
+    }
+  exit $exit_code;
+}
+
+sub print_changelog_deltas ($$)
+{
+  my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_;
+
+  # Print new ChangeLog entries.
+
+  # First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files.
+  use File::Find;
+  my @changelog;
+  find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS'
+			  and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}},
+	'.');
+
+  # If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done.
+  @changelog
+    or return;
+  my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog;
+
+  # Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog
+  # files in the specified directories, they're listed first,
+  # in this order:
+  my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc );
+
+  # A typical @changelog array might look like this:
+  # ./ChangeLog
+  # ./po/ChangeLog
+  # ./m4/ChangeLog
+  # ./lib/ChangeLog
+  # ./doc/ChangeLog
+  # ./config/ChangeLog
+  my @reordered;
+  foreach my $d (@dir)
+    {
+      my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d";
+      my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog";
+      delete $changelog{$target}
+	and push @reordered, $target;
+    }
+
+  # Append any remaining ChangeLog files.
+  push @reordered, sort keys %changelog;
+
+  # Remove leading `./'.
+  @reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered;
+
+  print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n";
+  # print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n";
+
+  $prev_version =~ s/\./_/g;
+  my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version";
+
+  my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered";
+  open DIFF, '-|', $cmd
+    or die "$ME: cannot run `$cmd': $!\n";
+  # Print two types of lines, making minor changes:
+  # Lines starting with `+++ ', e.g.,
+  # +++ ChangeLog   22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000      1.247
+  # and those starting with `+'.
+  # Don't print the others.
+  my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1;
+  while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>))
+    {
+      if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /)
+	{
+	  my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n";
+	  $line =~ s///;
+	  $line =~ s/\s.*//;
+	  $prev_printed_line_empty
+	    or print "\n";
+	  print $separator, $line, $separator;
+	}
+      elsif ($line =~ /^\+/)
+	{
+	  $line =~ s///;
+	  print $line;
+	  $prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/);
+	}
+    }
+  close DIFF;
+
+  # The exit code should be 1.
+  # Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries.
+  $? == 256 || $? == 128
+    or warn "$ME: warning: `cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
+}
+
+{
+  my $release_type;
+  my $package_name;
+  my $prev_version;
+  my $curr_version;
+  my $release_archive_dir;
+  my @url_dir_list;
+  my $news_file;
+
+  GetOptions
+    (
+     'release-type=s' => \$release_type,
+     'package-name=s' => \$package_name,
+     'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version,
+     'current-version=s' => \$curr_version,
+     'release-archive-directory=s' => \$release_archive_dir,
+     'url-directory=s@' => \@url_dir_list,
+     'news=s@' => \$news_file,
+
+     help => sub { usage 0 },
+     version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
+    ) or usage 1;
+
+  my $fail = 0;
+  # Ensure that sure each required option is specified.
+  $release_type
+    or (warn "$ME: release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $package_name
+    or (warn "$ME: package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $prev_version
+    or (warn "$ME: previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $curr_version
+    or (warn "$ME: current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $release_archive_dir
+    or (warn "$ME: release directory name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+  @url_dir_list
+    or (warn "$ME: URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+  exists $valid_release_types{$release_type}
+    or (warn "$ME: `$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1;
+
+  @ARGV
+    and (warn "$ME: too many arguments\n"), $fail = 1;
+  $fail
+    and usage 1;
+
+  my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version";
+  my $tgz = "$my_distdir.tar.gz";
+  my $tbz = "$my_distdir.tar.bz2";
+  my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta";
+
+  my %size;
+
+  foreach my $f (($tgz, $tbz, $xd))
+    {
+      my $cmd = "du --human $f";
+      my $t = `$cmd`;
+      # FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS
+      $@
+	and (warn "$ME: command failed: `$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1;
+      chomp $t;
+      $t =~ s/^([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/;
+      $size{$f} = $t;
+    }
+
+  $fail
+    and exit 1;
+
+  # The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
+  # mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
+  print <<EOF;
+
+Subject: $my_distdir released
+
+<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign>
+
+FIXME: put comments here
+
+EOF
+
+  print "Here are the compressed sources:\n";
+  foreach my $url (@url_dir_list)
+    {
+      print "  $url/$tgz   ($size{$tgz})\n";
+      print "  $url/$tbz  ($size{$tbz})\n";
+    }
+
+  print "\nAnd here are xdelta-style diffs:\n";
+  foreach my $url (@url_dir_list)
+    {
+      print "  $url/$xd   ($size{$xd})\n";
+    }
+
+  print "\nHere are GPG detached signatures:\n";
+  foreach my $url (@url_dir_list)
+    {
+      print "  $url/$tgz.asc\n";
+      print "  $url/$tbz.asc\n";
+    }
+
+  # FIXME: clean up upon interrupt or die
+  my $tmpdir = $ENV{TMPDIR} || '/tmp';
+  my $tmp = "$tmpdir/$ME-$$";
+  unlink $tmp;  # ignore failure
+
+  print "\nHere are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures:\n";
+  print "\n";
+  # The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
+  # mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
+  print "<\#part type=text/plain filename=\"$tmp\" disposition=inline>\n"
+    . "<\#/part>\n";
+
+  open OUT, '>', $tmp
+    or die "$ME: $tmp: cannot open for writing: $!\n";
+
+  foreach my $meth (qw (md5 sha1))
+    {
+      foreach my $f (($tgz, $tbz, $xd))
+	{
+	  open IN, '<', $f
+	    or die "$ME: $f: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
+	  binmode IN;
+	  my $dig =
+	    ($meth eq 'md5'
+	     ? Digest::MD5->new->addfile(*IN)->hexdigest
+	     : Digest::SHA1->new->addfile(*IN)->hexdigest);
+	  close IN;
+	  print OUT "$dig  $f\n";
+	}
+    }
+
+  close OUT
+    or die "$ME: $tmp: while writing: $!\n";
+  chmod 0400, $tmp;  # ignore failure
+
+  if ($news_file)
+    {
+      print "\nNEWS\n\n";
+
+      # Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one
+      # that mentions $curr_version up to but not including
+      # the first occurrence of $prev_version.
+      my $in_items;
+      open NEWS, '<', $news_file
+	or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
+      while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>))
+	{
+	  if ( ! $in_items)
+	    {
+	      # Match lines like this one:
+	      # * Major changes in release 5.0.1:
+	      # but not any other line that starts with a space, *, or -.
+	      $line =~ /^(\* Major changes.*|[^ *-].*)\Q$curr_version\E/o
+		or next;
+	      $in_items = 1;
+	      print $line;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      # Be careful that this regexp cannot match version numbers
+	      # in NEWS items -- they might well say `introduced in 4.5.5',
+	      # and we don't want that to match.
+	      $line =~ /^(\* Major changes.*|[^ *-].*)\Q$prev_version\E/o
+		and last;
+	      print $line;
+	    }
+	}
+      close NEWS;
+
+      $in_items
+	or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for `$curr_version'\n";
+    }
+
+  $release_type eq 'major'
+    or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version);
+
+  exit 0;
+}
@@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>.
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
-
-if test -z "$depfile"; then
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'`
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'`
-   if test "$dir" = "$object"; then
-      dir=
-   fi
-   # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS.
-   depfile="$dir.deps/$base"
-fi
-
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> $depfile
-    echo >> $depfile
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> $depfile
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  This file always lives in the current directory.
-  # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
-  # $object doesn't have directory information.
-  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
-  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
-  outname="$stripped.o"
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
-      tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d"
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
-      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
-      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
-   else
-      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
-   fi
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a space and a tab in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ 	]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.  We will use -o /dev/null later,
-  # however we can't do the remplacement now because
-  # `-o $object' might simply not be used
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  "$@" -o /dev/null $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no
-  for arg in "$@"; do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    -*)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
@@ -1,276 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
-#
-# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
-#
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
-# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
-# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
-# without express or implied warranty.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
-# shared with many OS's install programs.
-
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
-    case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd=$cpprog
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-d) dir_arg=true
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-s) stripcmd=$stripprog
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
-	    then
-		src=$1
-	    else
-		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
-		:
-		dst=$1
-	    fi
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-    esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
-	echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2
-	exit 1
-else
-	:
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
-	dst=$src
-	src=""
-
-	if [ -d "$dst" ]; then
-		instcmd=:
-		chmodcmd=""
-	else
-		instcmd=$mkdirprog
-	fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
-	if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
-	then
-		:
-	else
-		echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2
-		exit 1
-	fi
-
-	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
-	then
-		echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2
-		exit 1
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
-	if [ -d "$dst" ]
-	then
-		dst=$dst/`basename "$src"`
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='
-	'
-IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}"
-
-oIFS=$IFS
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS=$oIFS
-
-pathcomp=''
-
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp=$pathcomp$1
-	shift
-
-	if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ;
-        then
-		$mkdirprog "$pathcomp"
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-
-	pathcomp=$pathcomp/
-done
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
-	$doit $instcmd "$dst" &&
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi
-else
-
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
-
-	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
-	else
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename |
-			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
-	fi
-
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
-
-	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-
-# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-	rmtmp=$dstdir/#rm.$$#
-
-# Trap to clean up temp files at exit.
-
-	trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0
-	trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
-
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
-
-	$doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" &&
-
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
-
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
-
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-
-# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.  We try this
-# two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination
-# file might be busy for other reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup
-# might fail but the new file should still install successfully.
-
-{
-	if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ]
-	then
-		$doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null ||
-		$doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null ||
-		{
-		  echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2
-		  (exit 1); exit
-		}
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-} &&
-
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile"
-
-fi &&
-
-# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap.
-
-{
-	(exit 0); exit
-}
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Configure template for GNU Bison.                   -*-Autoconf-*-
 #
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,21 +17,24 @@
 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
 # 02111-1307  USA

-# We need a recent Autoconf to run a recent Autotest.
-AC_PREREQ(2.54)
+# This file uses AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR, so we need Autoconf 2.58 or better.
+# But Autoconf 2.58 has a bug in the way that it generates tests: it
+# puts the wrong absolute path names in the tests.  So we need at
+# least Autoconf 2.59.
+AC_PREREQ(2.59)

-AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.875], [[email protected]])
-AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
+AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [2.0], [[email protected]])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([config])
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])

-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.7 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2])
+# We don't have a file m4/Makefile.am, so we need Automake 1.8 or later.
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.8 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])

+gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
+
 # Checks for the compiler.
 AC_PROG_CC
-# Remove with Automake 1.8.
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-AC_GNU_SOURCE
-AC_MINIX
 AM_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
 [  --enable-gcc-warnings   turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended)],
@@ -44,21 +47,38 @@ if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
  BISON_WARNING(-Werror)
  AC_SUBST([WERROR_CFLAGS], [$WARNING_CFLAGS])
  WARNING_CFLAGS=
-  BISON_WARNING(-Wall)
  BISON_WARNING(-W)
-  BISON_WARNING(-Wbad-function-cast)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wall)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wcast-align)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wcast-qual)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wformat)
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wwrite-strings)
+  AC_SUBST([WARNING_CXXFLAGS], [$WARNING_CFLAGS])
+  # The following warnings are not suitable for C++.
+  BISON_WARNING(-Wbad-function-cast)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wmissing-declarations)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wmissing-prototypes)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wnested-externs)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wshadow)
  BISON_WARNING(-Wstrict-prototypes)
-  BISON_WARNING(-Wwrite-strings)
  AC_DEFINE([lint], 1, [Define to 1 if the compiler is checking for lint.])
 fi

+AC_ARG_ENABLE([yacc],
+  [AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-yacc],
+     [do not build a yacc command or an -ly library])],
+  , [enable_yacc=yes])
+case $enable_yacc in
+yes)
+  YACC_SCRIPT=yacc
+  YACC_LIBRARY=liby.a;;
+*)
+  YACC_SCRIPT=
+  YACC_LIBRARY=;;
+esac
+AC_SUBST([YACC_SCRIPT])
+AC_SUBST([YACC_LIBRARY])
+
 # Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_LEX
 AC_PROG_YACC
@@ -70,9 +90,8 @@ fi
 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4], ["$M4"], [Define to the GNU M4 executable name.])

 # Checks for header files.
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h])
-AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([locale.h])
+AM_STDBOOL_H

 # Checks for compiler characteristics.
 AC_C_INLINE
@@ -81,46 +100,34 @@ AC_C_INLINE
 AC_CHECK_TYPES([uintptr_t])

 # Checks for library functions.
-AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
-AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
-AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
-AC_CHECK_DECLS([free, getenv, getopt,
-                stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen,
-                malloc, memchr, memrchr])
-AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memrchr \
-                 strchr stpcpy strrchr strspn strtol strtoul)
-AC_FUNC_MALLOC
-AC_FUNC_REALLOC
-jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
-jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
-jm_FUNC_ARGMATCH
-jm_PREREQ_ERROR
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([setlocale])
 AM_WITH_DMALLOC
 BISON_PREREQ_SUBPIPE
 BISON_PREREQ_TIMEVAR

-# Gettext.
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external, need-ngettext)
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
+# gnulib and gettext.
+GNULIB_AUTOCONF_SNIPPET
+# We use po/Makevars.template, so we need at least gettext 0.12.
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.12])

 # Initialize the test suite.
 AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
 AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
 AC_CHECK_PROGS([VALGRIND], [valgrind])
-AC_CHECK_PROGS([GXX], [g++])
+AC_PROG_CXX
+BISON_TEST_FOR_WORKING_CXX_COMPILER
 AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
 # Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
 AC_SUBST([GCC])
 O0CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-O[0-9] *//'`
 AC_SUBST([O0CFLAGS])
+O0CXXFLAGS=`echo $CXXFLAGS | sed 's/-O[0-9] *//'`
+AC_SUBST([O0CXXFLAGS])

 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
                 config/Makefile
                 po/Makefile.in
                 data/Makefile
-                 lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
-                 m4/Makefile])
+                 lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile])
 AC_OUTPUT
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 m4_divert(-1)                                               -*- Autoconf -*-

 # C M4 Macros for Bison.
-# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ m4_define([b4_int_type],
 [m4_if(b4_ints_in($@,      [0],   [255]), [1], [unsigned char],
       b4_ints_in($@,   [-128],   [127]), [1], [signed char],

-       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short],
-       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
+       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short int],
+       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short int],

       m4_eval([0 <= $1]),                [1], [unsigned int],

@@ -327,7 +327,8 @@ m4_define([b4_syncline],
 #                   SYMBOL-ACTION, SYMBOL-TYPENAME)
 # -------------------------------------------------
 m4_define([b4_symbol_actions],
-[m4_pushdef([b4_dollar_dollar], [yyvaluep->$6])dnl
+[m4_pushdef([b4_dollar_dollar],
+   [m4_ifval([$6], [(yyvaluep->$6)], [(*yyvaluep)])])dnl
 m4_pushdef([b4_at_dollar], [(*yylocationp)])dnl
      case $4: /* $3 */
 b4_syncline([$2], [$1])
@@ -351,6 +352,7 @@ m4_define([b4_yydestruct_generate],

 ]$1([yydestruct],
    [static void],
+    [[const char *yymsg],    [yymsg]],
    [[int yytype],           [yytype]],
    [[YYSTYPE *yyvaluep],    [yyvaluep]]b4_location_if([,
    [[YYLTYPE *yylocationp], [yylocationp]]]))[
@@ -359,6 +361,10 @@ m4_define([b4_yydestruct_generate],
  (void) yyvaluep;
 ]b4_location_if([  (void) yylocationp;
 ])[
+  if (!yymsg)
+    yymsg = "Deleting";
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT (yymsg, yytype, yyvaluep, yylocationp);
+
  switch (yytype)
    {
 ]m4_map([b4_symbol_actions], m4_defn([b4_symbol_destructors]))[
@@ -390,23 +396,26 @@ m4_define([b4_yysymprint_generate],
  (void) yyvaluep;
 b4_location_if([  (void) yylocationp;
 ])dnl
-
+[
  if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
-    {
-      YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[[yytype]]);
-# ifdef YYPRINT
-      YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[[yytype]], *yyvaluep);
-# endif
-    }
+    YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[yytype]);
  else
-    YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[[yytype]]);
+    YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[yytype]);

+]b4_location_if([  YY_LOCATION_PRINT (yyoutput, *yylocationp);
+  fprintf (yyoutput, ": ");
+])dnl
+[
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+  if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
+    YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[yytype], *yyvaluep);
+# endif
  switch (yytype)
    {
-m4_map([b4_symbol_actions], m4_defn([b4_symbol_printers]))dnl
-      default:
+]m4_map([b4_symbol_actions], m4_defn([b4_symbol_printers]))dnl
+[      default:
        break;
    }
  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
 }
-])
+]])
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ divert(-1)#                                                  -*- Autoconf -*-
 # This file is part of Autoconf.
 # Base M4 layer.
 # Requires GNU M4.
-# Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ m4_define([m4_undivert],
 # m4_require'd.
 #
 # The implementation is based on two ideas, (i) using diversions to
-# prepare the expansion of the macro and its dependencies (by François
+# prepare the expansion of the macro and its dependencies (by Franc,ois
 # Pinard), and (ii) expand the most recently m4_require'd macros _after_
 # the previous macros (by Axel Thimm).
 #
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 m4_divert(-1)                                                       -*- C -*-

 # Yacc compatible skeleton for Bison
-# Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002
+# Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004
 # Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [b4_c_args(b4_parse_param), ])])
 # b4_lex_param arrives quoted twice, but we want to keep only one level.
 m4_define([b4_lex_param],
 m4_dquote(b4_pure_if([[[[YYSTYPE *]], [[&yylval]]][]dnl
-b4_location_if([, [[YYLTYPE *], [&yylloc]]])])dnl
-m4_ifdef([b4_lex_param], [, ]b4_lex_param)))
+b4_location_if([, [[YYLTYPE *], [&yylloc]]])m4_ifdef([b4_lex_param], [, ])])dnl
+m4_ifdef([b4_lex_param], b4_lex_param)))



@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ m4_define([b4_int_type],
 [m4_if(b4_ints_in($@,      [0],   [255]), [1], [unsigned char],
       b4_ints_in($@,   [-128],   [127]), [1], [yysigned_char],

-       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short],
-       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
+       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short int],
+       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short int],

       m4_eval([0 <= $1]),                [1], [unsigned int],

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ m4_define([b4_int_type],
 # --------------------
 # Expansion of $<TYPE>$.
 m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
-[yyval[]m4_ifval([$1], [.$1])])
+[(yyval[]m4_ifval([$1], [.$1]))])


 # b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, NUM, [TYPE])
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
 # Expansion of $<TYPE>NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH
 # symbols on RHS.
 m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
-[yyvsp@{m4_eval([$2 - $1])@}m4_ifval([$3], [.$3])])
+[(yyvsp@{m4_eval([$2 - $1])@}m4_ifval([$3], [.$3]))])



@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
 # -----------------
 # Expansion of @$.
 m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
-[yyloc])
+[(yyloc)])


 # b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, NUM)
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
 # Expansion of @NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
 # on RHS.
 m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
-[yylsp@{m4_eval([$2 - $1])@}])
+[(yylsp@{m4_eval([$2 - $1])@})])



@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ m4_changecom()
 m4_divert(0)dnl
@output @output_parser_name@
 b4_copyright([Skeleton parser for Yacc-like parsing with Bison],
-             [1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002])[
+             [1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004])[

 /* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
@@ -153,8 +153,7 @@ b4_copyright([Skeleton parser for Yacc-like parsing with Bison],

 ]b4_identification
 m4_if(b4_prefix[], [yy], [],
-[/* If NAME_PREFIX is specified substitute the variables and functions
-   names.  */
+[/* Substitute the variable and function names.  */
 #define yyparse b4_prefix[]parse
 #define yylex   b4_prefix[]lex
 #define yyerror b4_prefix[]error
@@ -216,18 +215,21 @@ b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[

 #if ! defined (yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE

+# ifndef YYFREE
+#  define YYFREE free
+# endif
+# ifndef YYMALLOC
+#  define YYMALLOC malloc
+# endif
+
 /* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols.  */

-# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
-# else
-#  ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
-#   if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H)
-#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
+# ifdef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#  if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
+#   ifdef __GNUC__
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
 #   else
-#    ifdef __GNUC__
-#     define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca
-#    endif
+#    define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca
 #   endif
 #  endif
 # endif
@@ -240,20 +242,21 @@ b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[
 #   include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */
 #   define YYSIZE_T size_t
 #  endif
-#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc
-#  define YYSTACK_FREE free
+#  define YYSTACK_ALLOC YYMALLOC
+#  define YYSTACK_FREE YYFREE
 # endif
 #endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || YYERROR_VERBOSE */


 #if (! defined (yyoverflow) \
     && (! defined (__cplusplus) \
-	 || (]b4_location_if([YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && ])[YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))
+	 || (]b4_location_if([[defined (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL) && YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL \
+             && ]])[defined (YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL) && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL)))

 /* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member.  */
 union yyalloc
 {
-  short yyss;
+  short int yyss;
  YYSTYPE yyvs;
  ]b4_location_if([  YYLTYPE yyls;
 ])dnl
@@ -266,16 +269,16 @@ union yyalloc
   N elements.  */
 ]b4_location_if(
 [# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
-     ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE))	\
+     ((N) * (sizeof (short int) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE))	\
      + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)],
 [# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \
-     ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE))				\
+     ((N) * (sizeof (short int) + sizeof (YYSTYPE))			\
      + YYSTACK_GAP_MAXIMUM)])[

 /* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO.  The source and destination do
   not overlap.  */
 # ifndef YYCOPY
-#  if 1 < __GNUC__
+#  if defined (__GNUC__) && 1 < __GNUC__
 #   define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \
      __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From)))
 #  else
@@ -311,7 +314,7 @@ union yyalloc
 #if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
   typedef signed char yysigned_char;
 #else
-   typedef short yysigned_char;
+   typedef short int yysigned_char;
 #endif

 /* YYFINAL -- State number of the termination state. */
@@ -465,7 +468,8 @@ static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])[ yystos[] =

 #define YYACCEPT	goto yyacceptlab
 #define YYABORT		goto yyabortlab
-#define YYERROR		goto yyerrlab1
+#define YYERROR		goto yyerrorlab
+

 /* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror.  This remains here temporarily
   to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC.
@@ -492,20 +496,53 @@ do								\
    }								\
 while (0)

+
 #define YYTERROR	1
 #define YYERRCODE	256

-/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions
-   are run).  */

+/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N].
+   If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends
+   the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined).  */
+
+#define YYRHSLOC(Rhs, K) ((Rhs)[K])
 #ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
-# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)         \
-  Current.first_line   = Rhs[1].first_line;      \
-  Current.first_column = Rhs[1].first_column;    \
-  Current.last_line    = Rhs[N].last_line;       \
-  Current.last_column  = Rhs[N].last_column;
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N)				\
+    do									\
+      if (N)								\
+	{								\
+	  (Current).first_line   = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_line;	\
+	  (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).first_column;	\
+	  (Current).last_line    = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_line;		\
+	  (Current).last_column  = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).last_column;	\
+	}								\
+      else								\
+	{								\
+	  (Current).first_line   = (Current).last_line   =		\
+	    YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_line;				\
+	  (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column =		\
+	    YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).last_column;				\
+	}								\
+    while (0)
 #endif

+
+/* YY_LOCATION_PRINT -- Print the location on the stream.
+   This macro was not mandated originally: define only if we know
+   we won't break user code: when these are the locations we know.  */
+
+#ifndef YY_LOCATION_PRINT
+# if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
+#  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc)			\
+     fprintf (File, "%d.%d-%d.%d",			\
+              (Loc).first_line, (Loc).first_column,	\
+              (Loc).last_line,  (Loc).last_column)
+# else
+#  define YY_LOCATION_PRINT(File, Loc) ((void) 0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
 /* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments.  */

 #ifdef YYLEX_PARAM
@@ -528,31 +565,25 @@ do {						\
    YYFPRINTF Args;				\
 } while (0)

-# define YYDSYMPRINT(Args)			\
-do {						\
-  if (yydebug)					\
-    yysymprint Args;				\
-} while (0)
-
-# define YYDSYMPRINTF(Title, Token, Value, Location)		\
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)		\
 do {								\
  if (yydebug)							\
    {								\
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", Title);				\
      yysymprint (stderr, 					\
-                  Token, Value]b4_location_if([, Location])[);	\
+                  Type, Value]b4_location_if([, Location])[);	\
      YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n");					\
    }								\
 } while (0)

 /*------------------------------------------------------------------.
 | yy_stack_print -- Print the state stack from its BOTTOM up to its |
-| TOP (cinluded).                                                   |
+| TOP (included).                                                   |
 `------------------------------------------------------------------*/

 ]b4_c_function_def([yy_stack_print], [static void],
-                   [[short *bottom], [bottom]],
-                   [[short *top],    [top]])[
+                   [[short int *bottom], [bottom]],
+                   [[short int *top],    [top]])[
 {
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Stack now");
  for (/* Nothing. */; bottom <= top; ++bottom)
@@ -575,9 +606,9 @@ do {								\
                   [[int yyrule], [yyrule]])[
 {
  int yyi;
-  unsigned int yylineno = yyrline[yyrule];
+  unsigned int yylno = yyrline[yyrule];
  YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing stack by rule %d (line %u), ",
-             yyrule - 1, yylineno);
+             yyrule - 1, yylno);
  /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result.  */
  for (yyi = yyprhs[yyrule]; 0 <= yyrhs[yyi]; yyi++)
    YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname [yyrhs[yyi]]);
@@ -595,8 +626,7 @@ do {					\
 int yydebug;
 #else /* !YYDEBUG */
 # define YYDPRINTF(Args)
-# define YYDSYMPRINT(Args)
-# define YYDSYMPRINTF(Title, Token, Value, Location)
+# define YY_SYMBOL_PRINT(Title, Type, Value, Location)
 # define YY_STACK_PRINT(Bottom, Top)
 # define YY_REDUCE_PRINT(Rule)
 #endif /* !YYDEBUG */
@@ -614,10 +644,6 @@ int yydebug;
   SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH)
   evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic.  */

-#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0
-# undef YYMAXDEPTH
-#endif
-
 #ifndef YYMAXDEPTH
 # define YYMAXDEPTH ]b4_stack_depth_max[
 #endif
@@ -704,15 +730,15 @@ m4_divert_push([KILL])# ======================== M4 code.
 # Declare the variables that are global, or local to YYPARSE if
 # pure-parser.
 m4_define([b4_declare_parser_variables],
-[/* The lookahead symbol.  */
+[/* The look-ahead symbol.  */
 int yychar;

-/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol.  */
+/* The semantic value of the look-ahead symbol.  */
 YYSTYPE yylval;

 /* Number of syntax errors so far.  */
 int yynerrs;b4_location_if([
-/* Location data for the lookahead symbol.  */
+/* Location data for the look-ahead symbol.  */
 YYLTYPE yylloc;])
 ])
 m4_divert_pop([KILL])dnl# ====================== End of M4 code.
@@ -742,7 +768,7 @@ b4_c_function_def([yyparse], [int], b4_parse_param)
  int yyresult;
  /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled.  */
  int yyerrstatus;
-  /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
+  /* Look-ahead token as an internal (translated) token number.  */
  int yytoken = 0;

  /* Three stacks and their tools:
@@ -754,9 +780,9 @@ b4_c_function_def([yyparse], [int], b4_parse_param)
     to reallocate them elsewhere.  */

  /* The state stack.  */
-  short	yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
-  short *yyss = yyssa;
-  register short *yyssp;
+  short int yyssa[YYINITDEPTH];
+  short int *yyss = yyssa;
+  register short int *yyssp;

  /* The semantic value stack.  */
  YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH];
@@ -768,7 +794,8 @@ b4_c_function_def([yyparse], [int], b4_parse_param)
  YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH];
  YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa;
  YYLTYPE *yylsp;
-  YYLTYPE *yylerrsp;]])[
+  /* The locations where the error started and ended. */
+  YYLTYPE yyerror_range[2];]])[

 #define YYPOPSTACK   (yyvsp--, yyssp--]b4_location_if([, yylsp--])[)

@@ -797,8 +824,27 @@ b4_c_function_def([yyparse], [int], b4_parse_param)

  yyssp = yyss;
  yyvsp = yyvs;
-]b4_location_if([  yylsp = yyls;])[
-  goto yysetstate;
+]b4_location_if([[  yylsp = yyls;
+#if YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL
+  /* Initialize the default location before parsing starts.  */
+  yylloc.first_line   = yylloc.last_line   = 1;
+  yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
+#endif
+]])
+m4_ifdef([b4_initial_action], [
+m4_pushdef([b4_at_dollar],     [yylloc])dnl
+m4_pushdef([b4_dollar_dollar], [yylval])dnl
+  /* User initialization code. */
+  b4_initial_action
+m4_popdef([b4_dollar_dollar])dnl
+m4_popdef([b4_at_dollar])dnl
+/* Line __line__ of yacc.c.  */
+b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])])dnl
+[
+  yyvsp[0] = yylval;
+]b4_location_if([[    yylsp[0] = yylloc;
+]])
+[  goto yysetstate;

 /*------------------------------------------------------------.
 | yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate.  |
@@ -823,7 +869,7 @@ b4_c_function_def([yyparse], [int], b4_parse_param)
 	   these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into
 	   memory.  */
 	YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs;
-	short *yyss1 = yyss;
+	short int *yyss1 = yyss;
 ]b4_location_if([	YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls;])[

 	/* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the
@@ -851,7 +897,7 @@ b4_c_function_def([yyparse], [int], b4_parse_param)
 	yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH;

      {
-	short *yyss1 = yyss;
+	short int *yyss1 = yyss;
 	union yyalloc *yyptr =
 	  (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize));
 	if (! yyptr)
@@ -887,18 +933,18 @@ b4_c_function_def([yyparse], [int], b4_parse_param)
 yybackup:

 /* Do appropriate processing given the current state.  */
-/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
+/* Read a look-ahead token if we need one and don't already have one.  */
 /* yyresume: */

-  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token.  */
+  /* First try to decide what to do without reference to look-ahead token.  */

  yyn = yypact[yystate];
  if (yyn == YYPACT_NINF)
    goto yydefault;

-  /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one.  */
+  /* Not known => get a look-ahead token if don't already have one.  */

-  /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid lookahead symbol.  */
+  /* YYCHAR is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF or a valid look-ahead symbol.  */
  if (yychar == YYEMPTY)
    {
      YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: "));
@@ -913,7 +959,7 @@ yybackup:
  else
    {
      yytoken = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
-      YYDSYMPRINTF ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
+      YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Next token is", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
    }

  /* If the proper action on seeing token YYTOKEN is to reduce or to
@@ -933,8 +979,8 @@ yybackup:
  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
    YYACCEPT;

-  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
-  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %s, ", yytname[yytoken]));
+  /* Shift the look-ahead token.  */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);

  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
  if (yychar != YYEOF)
@@ -980,8 +1026,8 @@ yyreduce:
  yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen];

 ]b4_location_if(
-[  /* Default location. */
-  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen);])[
+[[  /* Default location. */
+  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, yylsp - yylen, yylen);]])[
  YY_REDUCE_PRINT (yyn);
  switch (yyn)
    ]{
@@ -1030,18 +1076,33 @@ yyerrlab:
 	{
 	  YYSIZE_T yysize = 0;
 	  int yytype = YYTRANSLATE (yychar);
+	  const char* yyprefix;
 	  char *yymsg;
-	  int yyx, yycount;
+	  int yyx;

-	  yycount = 0;
 	  /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in
 	     YYCHECK.  */
-	  for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
-	       yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++)
+	  int yyxbegin = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
+
+	  /* Stay within bounds of both yycheck and yytname.  */
+	  int yychecklim = YYLAST - yyn;
+	  int yyxend = yychecklim < YYNTOKENS ? yychecklim : YYNTOKENS;
+	  int yycount = 0;
+
+	  yyprefix = ", expecting ";
+	  for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
 	    if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
-	      yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++;
-	  yysize += yystrlen ("syntax error, unexpected ") + 1;
-	  yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yytype]);
+	      {
+		yysize += yystrlen (yyprefix) + yystrlen (yytname [yyx]);
+		yycount += 1;
+		if (yycount == 5)
+		  {
+		    yysize = 0;
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  yysize += (sizeof ("syntax error, unexpected ")
+		     + yystrlen (yytname[yytype]));
 	  yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize);
 	  if (yymsg != 0)
 	    {
@@ -1050,16 +1111,13 @@ yyerrlab:

 	      if (yycount < 5)
 		{
-		  yycount = 0;
-		  for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0;
-		       yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *));
-		       yyx++)
+		  yyprefix = ", expecting ";
+		  for (yyx = yyxbegin; yyx < yyxend; ++yyx)
 		    if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx && yyx != YYTERROR)
 		      {
-			const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or ";
-			yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq);
+			yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyprefix);
 			yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]);
-			yycount++;
+			yyprefix = " or ";
 		      }
 		}
 	      yyerror (]b4_yyerror_args[yymsg);
@@ -1073,59 +1131,64 @@ yyerrlab:
 	yyerror (]b4_yyerror_args["syntax error");
    }

-]b4_location_if([  yylerrsp = yylsp;])[
+]b4_location_if([[  yyerror_range[0] = yylloc;]])[

  if (yyerrstatus == 3)
    {
-      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse look-ahead token after an
 	 error, discard it.  */

-      /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
-      if (yychar == YYEOF)
+      if (yychar <= YYEOF)
        {
-	  /* Pop the error token.  */
-          YYPOPSTACK;
-	  /* Pop the rest of the stack.  */
-	  while (yyss < yyssp)
-	    {
-	      YYDSYMPRINTF ("Error: popping", yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp, yylsp);
-	      yydestruct (yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp]b4_location_if([, yylsp])[);
-	      YYPOPSTACK;
-	    }
-	  YYABORT;
+          /* If at end of input, pop the error token,
+	     then the rest of the stack, then return failure.  */
+	  if (yychar == YYEOF)
+	     for (;;)
+	       {
+]b4_location_if([[                 yyerror_range[0] = *yylsp;]])[
+		 YYPOPSTACK;
+		 if (yyssp == yyss)
+		   YYABORT;
+		 yydestruct ("Error: popping",
+                             yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp]b4_location_if([, yylsp])[);
+	       }
        }
-
-      YYDSYMPRINTF ("Error: discarding", yytoken, &yylval, &yylloc);
-      yydestruct (yytoken, &yylval]b4_location_if([, &yylloc])[);
-      yychar = YYEMPTY;
-]b4_location_if([      *++yylerrsp = yylloc;])[
+      else
+	{
+	  yydestruct ("Error: discarding", yytoken, &yylval]b4_location_if([, &yylloc])[);
+	  yychar = YYEMPTY;
+	}
    }

-  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+  /* Else will try to reuse look-ahead token after shifting the error
     token.  */
-  goto yyerrlab2;
+  goto yyerrlab1;


-/*----------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action.  |
-`----------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab1:
+/*---------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrorlab -- error raised explicitly by YYERROR.  |
+`---------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrorlab:

-  /* Suppress GCC warning that yyerrlab1 is unused when no action
-     invokes YYERROR.  */
-#if defined (__GNUC_MINOR__) && 2093 <= (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
-  __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  /* Pacify GCC when the user code never invokes YYERROR and the label
+     yyerrorlab therefore never appears in user code.  */
+  if (0)
+     goto yyerrorlab;
 #endif

-]b4_location_if([  yylerrsp = yylsp;
-  *++yylerrsp = yyloc;])[
-  goto yyerrlab2;
+]b4_location_if([[  yyerror_range[0] = yylsp[1-yylen];
+  yylsp -= yylen;
+  ]])[yyvsp -= yylen;
+  yyssp -= yylen;
+  yystate = *yyssp;
+  goto yyerrlab1;


-/*---------------------------------------------------------------.
-| yyerrlab2 -- pop states until the error token can be shifted.  |
-`---------------------------------------------------------------*/
-yyerrlab2:
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------.
+| yyerrlab1 -- common code for both syntax error and YYERROR.  |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------*/
+yyerrlab1:
  yyerrstatus = 3;	/* Each real token shifted decrements this.  */

  for (;;)
@@ -1146,22 +1209,26 @@ yyerrlab2:
      if (yyssp == yyss)
 	YYABORT;

-      YYDSYMPRINTF ("Error: popping", yystos[*yyssp], yyvsp, yylsp);
-      yydestruct (yystos[yystate], yyvsp]b4_location_if([, yylsp])[);
-      yyvsp--;
-      yystate = *--yyssp;
-]b4_location_if([      yylsp--;])[
+]b4_location_if([[      yyerror_range[0] = *yylsp;]])[
+      yydestruct ("Error: popping", yystos[yystate], yyvsp]b4_location_if([, yylsp])[);
+      YYPOPSTACK;
+      yystate = *yyssp;
      YY_STACK_PRINT (yyss, yyssp);
    }

  if (yyn == YYFINAL)
    YYACCEPT;

-  YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, "));
-
  *++yyvsp = yylval;
-]b4_location_if([  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, yylsp, (yylerrsp - yylsp));
-  *++yylsp = yyloc;])[
+]b4_location_if([[
+  yyerror_range[1] = yylloc;
+  /* Using YYLLOC is tempting, but would change the location of
+     the look-ahead.  YYLOC is available though. */
+  YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, yyerror_range - 1, 2);
+  *++yylsp = yyloc;]])[
+
+  /* Shift the error token. */
+  YY_SYMBOL_PRINT ("Shifting", yystos[yyn], yyvsp, yylsp);

  yystate = yyn;
  goto yynewstate;
@@ -1178,6 +1245,9 @@ yyacceptlab:
 | yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here.  |
 `-----------------------------------*/
 yyabortlab:
+  yydestruct ("Error: discarding lookahead",
+              yytoken, &yylval]b4_location_if([, &yylloc])[);
+  yychar = YYEMPTY;
  yyresult = 1;
  goto yyreturn;

@@ -1204,7 +1274,7 @@ b4_epilogue
 m4_if(b4_defines_flag, 0, [],
 [@output @output_header_name@
 b4_copyright([Skeleton parser for Yacc-like parsing with Bison],
-             [1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002])
+             [1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004])

 /* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a
   Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction.
@@ -1,12 +1,29 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS = --no-split
 info_TEXINFOS = bison.texinfo
 man_MANS = bison.1
 bison_TEXINFOS = gpl.texi fdl.texi

 EXTRA_DIST = FAQ bison.1 refcard.tex

-CLEANFILES = refcard.dvi refcard.log refcard.ps
+CLEANFILES = refcard.dvi refcard.log refcard.ps bison.fns

 refcard.dvi: refcard.tex
 	tex refcard.tex
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
 distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
 resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
 of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not
+When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
 apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
 derivative works of the Document.

@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
 translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
 original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
 translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warrany Disclaimers, provided that you also include
+Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
 the original English version of this License and the original versions
 of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
 the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
@@ -1,4 +1,55 @@
-*_.c
 .deps
 Makefile
 Makefile.in
+alloca.c
+alloca.h
+alloca_.h
+argmatch.c
+argmatch.h
+basename.c
+dirname.c
+dirname.h
+error.c
+error.h
+exit.h
+exitfail.c
+exitfail.h
+getopt.c
+getopt.h
+getopt1.c
+getopt_.h
+getopt_int.h
+gettext.h
+gnulib.mk
+hard-locale.c
+hard-locale.h
+hash.c
+hash.h
+malloc.c
+mbswidth.c
+mbswidth.h
+obstack.c
+obstack.h
+quote.c
+quote.h
+quotearg.c
+quotearg.h
+realloc.c
+stdbool.h
+stdbool_.h
+stpcpy.c
+stpcpy.h
+strdup.c
+strdup.h
+stripslash.c
+strncasecmp.c
+strndup.c
+strndup.h
+strnlen.c
+unlocked-io.h
+xalloc-die.c
+xalloc.h
+xmalloc.c
+xstrdup.c
+xstrndup.c
+xstrndup.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,39 +17,27 @@

 AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNING_CFLAGS)

-lib_LIBRARIES = liby.a
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
+BUILT_SOURCES =
+EXTRA_DIST =
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES =

-# config.h is in build/., and system.h is in src/src/.
-INCLUDES = -I$(top_builddir)      \
-           -I$(top_srcdir)/src \
-           -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+lib_LIBRARIES = $(YACC_LIBRARY)
+EXTRA_LIBRARIES = liby.a
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a

 liby_a_SOURCES = main.c yyerror.c

-# Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
-# understand inner AC_LIBOBJ (i.e., from Autoconf itself, not from
-# configure.in).
-EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c strnlen.c
-
-libbison_a_SOURCES = \
-  gettext.h \
-  basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
+libbison_a_SOURCES = $(lib_SOURCES)
+lib_SOURCES = \
  get-errno.h get-errno.c \
-  getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
-  hash.h hash.c \
-  mbswidth.h mbswidth.c \
-  quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
-  subpipe.h subpipe.c unlocked-io.h \
-  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c \
+  subpipe.h subpipe.c \
  $(bitsets_sources) $(additional_bitsets_sources) $(timevars_sources)

 # Implementation of bitsets
 bitsets_sources = \
-libiberty.h \
-abitset.c  bitset.c        bitset_stats.h  ebitset.c  lbitset.h \
-abitset.h  bitset.h        bitsetv.c       ebitset.h \
-bbitset.h  bitset_stats.c  bitsetv.h       lbitset.c
+  abitset.c abitset.h bbitset.h bitset.c bitset.h bitset_stats.c	\
+  bitset_stats.h bitsetv.c bitsetv.h ebitset.c ebitset.h lbitset.c	\
+  lbitset.h libiberty.h vbitset.c vbitset.h

 # Additional bitset operations.
 additional_bitsets_sources = \
@@ -59,5 +47,7 @@ additional_bitsets_sources = \
 timevars_sources = \
 	timevar.h timevar.c timevar.def

-libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libbison_a_LIBADD = $(LIBOBJS) $(ALLOCA)
 libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)
+
+include gnulib.mk
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Array bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -31,16 +31,18 @@

 #define ABITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
 #define ABITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->a.words)
-#define ABITSET_N_BITS(X) ((X)->a.n_bits)


-/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
 static bitset_bindex
-abitset_size (bitset src)
+abitset_resize (bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+		bitset_bindex size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
-  return ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
-}
+    if (BITSET_SIZE_ (src) == size)
+	return size;

+    /* These bitsets have a fixed size.  */
+    abort ();
+}

 /* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
 *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
@@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ abitset_small_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
  if (!word)
    return 0;

-  size = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (src);
  bitno = *next;
  if (bitno >= size)
    return 0;
@@ -105,8 +107,9 @@ abitset_small_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
 static void
 abitset_set (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
-  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
-     hit the cache.  */
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always hit
+     the cache.  It is likely someone is trying to access outside the
+     bounds of the bitset.  */
  abort ();
 }

@@ -116,21 +119,20 @@ static void
 abitset_reset (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 	       bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
-  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
-     hit the cache.  */
-  abort ();
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always hit
+     the cache.  It is likely someone is trying to access outside the
+     bounds of the bitset.  Since the bit is zero anyway, let it pass.  */
 }


 /* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
-static int
+static bool
 abitset_test (bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
 	      bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
     hit the cache.  */
-  abort ();
-  return 0;
+  return false;
 }


@@ -149,7 +151,7 @@ abitset_list_reverse (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
  unsigned int bitcnt;
  bitset_bindex bitoff;
  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
-  bitset_bindex n_bits = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+  bitset_bindex n_bits = BITSET_SIZE_ (src);

  rbitno = *next;

@@ -228,7 +230,7 @@ abitset_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
    }
  else
    {
-      if (bitno >= ABITSET_N_BITS (src))
+      if (bitno >= BITSET_SIZE_ (src))
 	return 0;

      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
@@ -304,7 +306,7 @@ abitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
 {
  unsigned int last_bit;

-  last_bit = ABITSET_N_BITS (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  last_bit = BITSET_SIZE_ (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
  if (last_bit)
    ABITSET_WORDS (dst)[dst->b.csize - 1] &=
      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
@@ -336,7 +338,7 @@ abitset_zero (bitset dst)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
@@ -344,9 +346,9 @@ abitset_empty_p (bitset dst)

  for (i = 0; i < dst->b.csize; i++)
    if (dstp[i])
-      return 0;
+      return false;

-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


@@ -377,7 +379,7 @@ abitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
@@ -387,12 +389,12 @@ abitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)

  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
      if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
-	  return 0;
-  return 1;
+	  return false;
+  return true;
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
@@ -402,12 +404,12 @@ abitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)

  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++, srcp++)
      if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
-	  return 0;
-  return 1;
+	  return false;
+  return true;
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
@@ -417,9 +419,9 @@ abitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)

  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
      if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
-	  return 0;
+	  return false;

-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


@@ -437,11 +439,11 @@ abitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
@@ -453,7 +455,7 @@ abitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)

      if (*dstp != tmp)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  *dstp = tmp;
 	}
    }
@@ -475,11 +477,11 @@ abitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
@@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ abitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)

      if (*dstp != tmp)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  *dstp = tmp;
 	}
    }
@@ -513,11 +515,11 @@ abitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
@@ -529,7 +531,7 @@ abitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)

      if (*dstp != tmp)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  *dstp = tmp;
 	}
    }
@@ -551,11 +553,11 @@ abitset_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
@@ -567,7 +569,7 @@ abitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)

      if (*dstp != tmp)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  *dstp = tmp;
 	}
    }
@@ -590,11 +592,11 @@ abitset_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
@@ -607,7 +609,7 @@ abitset_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)

      if (*dstp != tmp)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  *dstp = tmp;
 	}
    }
@@ -630,11 +632,11 @@ abitset_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
@@ -647,7 +649,7 @@ abitset_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)

      if (*dstp != tmp)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  *dstp = tmp;
 	}
    }
@@ -670,11 +672,11 @@ abitset_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 abitset_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  bitset_windex i;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
@@ -687,7 +689,7 @@ abitset_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)

      if (*dstp != tmp)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  *dstp = tmp;
 	}
    }
@@ -711,7 +713,8 @@ struct bitset_vtable abitset_small_vtable = {
  abitset_reset,
  bitset_toggle_,
  abitset_test,
-  abitset_size,
+  abitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
  bitset_count_,
  abitset_empty_p,
  abitset_ones,
@@ -748,7 +751,8 @@ struct bitset_vtable abitset_vtable = {
  abitset_reset,
  bitset_toggle_,
  abitset_test,
-  abitset_size,
+  abitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
  bitset_count_,
  abitset_empty_p,
  abitset_ones,
@@ -809,7 +813,7 @@ abitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits)
  bitset_windex size;

  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
-  ABITSET_N_BITS (bset) = n_bits;
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (bset) = n_bits;

  /* Use optimized routines if bitset fits within a single word.
     There is probably little merit if using caching since
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Functions to support abitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #include "bitset.h"

-extern size_t abitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+extern size_t abitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);

-extern bitset abitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+extern bitset abitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);

 #endif
@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
-   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
-
-   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
-   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
-   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
-   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
-   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
-
-   There are some preprocessor constants that can
-   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
-   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
-
-   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
-   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
-   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
-   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
-   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
-
-   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
-   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
-   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef emacs
-# include "lisp.h"
-# include "blockinput.h"
-# define xalloc_die() memory_full ()
-# ifdef EMACS_FREE
-#  undef free
-#  define free EMACS_FREE
-# endif
-#else
-# include <xalloc.h>
-#endif
-
-/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
-#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
-
-/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
-   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-# ifndef alloca
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-#   ifdef static
-/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
-   in order to make unexec workable
-   */
-#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-you
-lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
-   old and obscure compilers.  */
-#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#   endif /* static */
-#  endif /* emacs */
-
-/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
-   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
-
-#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-long i00afunc ();
-#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#  else
-#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#  endif
-
-#  ifndef POINTER_TYPE
-#   ifdef __STDC__
-#    define POINTER_TYPE void
-#   else
-#    define POINTER_TYPE char
-#   endif
-#  endif
-typedef POINTER_TYPE *pointer;
-
-#  ifndef NULL
-#   define NULL 0
-#  endif
-
-/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
-   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
-   deduced at run-time.
-
-   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
-
-#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#  endif
-
-#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
-
-#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
-
-#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
-
-static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
-
-static void
-find_stack_direction ()
-{
-  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
-  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
-
-  if (addr == NULL)
-    {				/* Initial entry.  */
-      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
-
-      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Second entry.  */
-      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
-	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
-      else
-	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
-    }
-}
-
-#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
-
-/* An "alloca header" is used to:
-   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
-   (b) keep track of stack depth.
-
-   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
-   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
-
-#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#  endif
-
-typedef union hdr
-{
-  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
-  struct
-    {
-      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
-      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
-    } h;
-} header;
-
-static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
-
-/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
-   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
-   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
-   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
-   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
-   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
-
-pointer
-alloca (size)
-     size_t size;
-{
-  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
-  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
-
-#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
-  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
-    find_stack_direction ();
-#  endif
-
-  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
-
-  {
-    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-    BLOCK_INPUT;
-#  endif
-
-    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
-      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
-	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
-	{
-	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
-
-	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
-
-	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
-	}
-      else
-	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
-
-    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#  endif
-  }
-
-  if (size == 0)
-    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
-
-  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
-
-  {
-    /* Address of header.  */
-    register pointer new;
-
-    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
-    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
-      xalloc_die ();
-
-    new = xmalloc (combined_size);
-
-    if (new == 0)
-      abort();
-
-    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
-    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
-
-    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
-
-    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
-
-    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
-  }
-}
-
-#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-
-#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#    include <stdio.h>
-#   endif
-
-#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#    define CRAY_STACK
-#    ifndef CRAY2
-/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
-struct stack_control_header
-  {
-    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
-    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
-    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
-    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
-  };
-
-/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
-   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
-   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
-   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
-   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
-   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
-
-struct stack_segment_linkage
-  {
-    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
-    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
-    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
-				   segment of stack.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
-    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
-				   microtasking.  */
-    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
-    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
-    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
-    long ssa0;
-    long ssa1;
-    long ssa2;
-    long ssa3;
-    long ssa4;
-    long ssa5;
-    long ssa6;
-    long ssa7;
-    long sss0;
-    long sss1;
-    long sss2;
-    long sss3;
-    long sss4;
-    long sss5;
-    long sss6;
-    long sss7;
-  };
-
-#    else /* CRAY2 */
-/* The following structure defines the vector of words
-   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
-struct stk_stat
-  {
-    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
-    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
-				   be required to satisfy the maximum
-				   stack demand to date.  */
-    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
-    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
-    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
-    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
-    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
-    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
-    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
-    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
-    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
-    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
-    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
-    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
-    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
-				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
-				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
-    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
-    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
-  };
-
-/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
-   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
-   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
-
-struct stk_trailer
-  {
-    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
-    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
-				   this trailer).  */
-    long unknown2;
-    long unknown3;
-    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
-				   segment.  */
-    long unknown5;
-    long unknown6;
-    long unknown7;
-    long unknown8;
-    long unknown9;
-    long unknown10;
-    long unknown11;
-    long unknown12;
-    long unknown13;
-    long unknown14;
-  };
-
-#    endif /* CRAY2 */
-#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
-
-#   ifdef CRAY2
-/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long *address)
-{
-  struct stk_stat status;
-  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
-  long *block, size;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
-     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
-     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
-     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
-
-  STKSTAT (&status);
-
-  /* Set up the iteration.  */
-
-  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
-				    + status.current_size
-				    - 15);
-
-  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
-     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
-
-  while (trailer != 0)
-    {
-      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
-      size = trailer->this_size;
-      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
-	abort ();
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
-     of all predecessor segments.  */
-
-  result = address - block;
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    {
-      return result;
-    }
-
-  do
-    {
-      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
-	abort ();
-      result += trailer->this_size;
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-    }
-  while (trailer != 0);
-
-  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
-     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
-     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
-     not what you want.  */
-
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#   else /* not CRAY2 */
-/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
-   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
-   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
-   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
-   for alloca.  */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long address)
-{
-  long stkl = 0;
-
-  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
-
-  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
-     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
-     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
-     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
-
-     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
-     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
-
-  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
-  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-
-  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
-     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
-
-     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
-     nonzero.  */
-
-  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-  size = ssptr->sssize;
-
-  this_segment = stkl - size;
-
-  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
-     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
-     contain the target address.  */
-
-  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
-    {
-#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#    endif
-      if (pseg == 0)
-	break;
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      this_segment = stkl - size;
-    }
-
-  result = address - this_segment;
-
-  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
-     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
-     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
-     a cycle somewhere.  */
-
-  while (pseg != 0)
-    {
-#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#    endif
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      result += size;
-    }
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#  endif /* CRAY */
-
-# endif /* no alloca */
-#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
-   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "argmatch.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-
-#include "error.h"
-#include "quotearg.h"
-#include "quote.h"
-#include "unlocked-io.h"
-
-/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
-   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
-   literal_quoting_style.  */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
-# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
-#endif
-
-/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
-# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
-ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
-#endif
-
-static void
-__argmatch_die (void)
-{
-  ARGMATCH_DIE;
-}
-
-/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
-   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
-argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
-
-
-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
-
-   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
-   synonyms, i.e., for
-     "yes", "yop" -> 0
-     "no", "nope" -> 1
-   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
-
-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
-  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
-  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
-  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
-
-  arglen = strlen (arg);
-
-  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    {
-      if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
-	{
-	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
-	    /* Exact match found.  */
-	    return i;
-	  else if (matchind == -1)
-	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
-	    matchind = i;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	      if (vallist == NULL
-		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
-			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-		{
-		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
-		     disambiguate. */
-		  ambiguous = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  if (ambiguous)
-    return -2;
-  else
-    return matchind;
-}
-
-/* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
-   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
-   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
-
-void
-argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
-{
-  char const *format = (problem == -1
-			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
-			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
-
-  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
-	 quote_n (1, context));
-}
-
-/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
-   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
-   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
-   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
-void
-argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
-		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-  const char *last_val = NULL;
-
-  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
-     synonyms follow each other */
-  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if ((i == 0)
-	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
-	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
-      }
-    else
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
-      }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-}
-
-/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
-
-   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
-   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
-   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
-
-int
-__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
-		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
-		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
-{
-  int res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  if (res >= 0)
-    /* Success. */
-    return res;
-
-  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
-  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
-  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  (*exit_fn) ();
-
-  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
-}
-
-/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
-   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
-const char *
-argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
-		      const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      return arglist[i];
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-/*
- * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
- */
-char *program_name;
-extern const char *getenv ();
-
-/* When to make backup files.  */
-enum backup_type
-{
-  /* Never make backups.  */
-  none,
-
-  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
-  simple,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
-     and simple backups of the others.  */
-  numbered_existing,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
-  numbered
-};
-
-/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
-   values */
-static const char *const backup_args[] =
-{
-  "no", "none", "off",
-  "simple", "never",
-  "existing", "nil",
-  "numbered", "t",
-  0
-};
-
-static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
-{
-  none, none, none,
-  simple, simple,
-  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
-  numbered, numbered
-};
-
-int
-main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
-{
-  const char *cp;
-  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
-
-  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
-
-  if (argc > 2)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
-      exit (1);
-    }
-
-  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  if (argc == 2)
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
-	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
-   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
-
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
-# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
-
-# include <stddef.h>
-
-# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
-
-# define ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT(Arglist, Vallist) \
-  (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
-
-/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
-   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  ARGMATCH_VERIFY is
-   preferred, since it is guaranteed to be checked at compile-time.
-   ARGMATCH_ASSERT is for backward compatibility only.  */
-
-# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist)				  \
-  struct argmatch_verify						  \
-  {									  \
-    char argmatch_verify[ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT(Arglist, Vallist) ? 1 : -1]; \
-  }
-
-# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist) \
-  assert (ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT (Arglist, Vallist))
-
-/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
-   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
-   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
-   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
-
-int argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
-	      char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
-
-# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
-  argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
-
-/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
-   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
-   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
-typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
-extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
-
-/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
-
-void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value, int problem);
-
-/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
-
-# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
-  argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
-
-
-
-/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
-
-void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
-		     char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
-
-# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
-  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
-
-
-
-/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
-   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
-
-int __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
-			  char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
-			  char const *vallist, size_t valsize,
-			  argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn);
-
-/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
-
-# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
-  ((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist,	\
-				    (char const *) (Vallist),	\
-				    sizeof *(Vallist),		\
-				    argmatch_die)])
-
-/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
-
-char const *argmatch_to_argument (char const *value,
-				  char const *const *arglist,
-				  char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
-
-# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
-  argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist,					\
-			(char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
-
-#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#include "dirname.h"
-
-/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
-   since it has different meanings in different environments.
-   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
-
-   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
-   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
-   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
-
-char *
-base_name (char const *name)
-{
-  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
-  char const *p;
-
-  for (p = base; *p; p++)
-    {
-      if (ISSLASH (*p))
-	{
-	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
-	  do p++;
-	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
-
-	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
-	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
-	  if (! *p)
-	    {
-	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
-		base = p - 1;
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
-	  base = p;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return (char *) base;
-}
-
-/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
-   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
-   redundant trailing slashes.  */
-
-size_t
-base_len (char const *name)
-{
-  size_t len;
-
-  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
-    continue;
-
-  return len;
-}
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Base bitset stuff.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,30 +21,35 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #include "libiberty.h"

-#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <stdbool.h>
 #include <limits.h>
-#endif
+#include <stddef.h>

-/* Currently we support three flavours of bitsets:
+/* Currently we support five flavours of bitsets:
   BITSET_ARRAY:  Array of bits (fixed size, fast for dense bitsets).
-   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of array of bits (variable size, least storage
+                  Memory for bit array and bitset structure allocated
+                  contiguously.
+   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of arrays of bits (variable size, least storage
 		  for large very sparse sets).
-   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to array of bits
+   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to arrays of bits
 		  (variable size, less storage for large sparse sets).
-
-   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.
+                  Faster than BITSET_LIST for random access.
+   BITSET_VARRAY: Variable array of bits (variable size, fast for 
+                  dense bitsets).
+   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.  Used for gathering
+                  statistics and/or better run-time checking.
 */
-enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_TYPE_NUM,
-		  BITSET_STATS};
-#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset"}
+enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_VARRAY,
+		  BITSET_TYPE_NUM, BITSET_STATS};
+#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset", "vbitset"}

 extern const char * const bitset_type_names[];

 enum bitset_alloc_type {BITSET_MALLOC, BITSET_OBALLOC};

 /* Data type used to store a word of bits.  */
-typedef unsigned long bitset_word;
-#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))
+typedef unsigned long int bitset_word;
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned int) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))

 /* Bit index.  In theory we might need a type wider than size_t, but
   in practice we lose at most a factor of CHAR_BIT by going with
@@ -79,10 +84,11 @@ enum bitset_ops {BITSET_OP_ZERO, BITSET_OP_ONES,

 struct bbitset_struct
 {
-  const struct bitset_vtable * vtable;
+  const struct bitset_vtable *vtable;
  bitset_windex cindex;		/* Cache word index.  */
  bitset_windex csize;		/* Cache size in words.  */
  bitset_word *cdata;		/* Cache data pointer.  */
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;		/* Number of bits.  */
  /* Perhaps we could sacrifice another word to indicate
     that the bitset is known to be zero, that a bit has been set
     in the cache, and that a bit has been cleared in the cache.
@@ -94,52 +100,61 @@ struct bbitset_struct
 typedef union bitset_union *bitset;


+/* Private accessor macros to bitset structure.  */
+#define BITSET_VTABLE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable
+#define BITSET_CINDEX_(SRC) (SRC)->b.cindex
+#define BITSET_CDATA_(SRC) (SRC)->b.cdata
+#define BITSET_CSIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.csize
+#define BITSET_NBITS_(SRC) (SRC)->b.n_bits
+
+
 /* The contents of this structure should be considered private.  */
 struct bitset_vtable
 {
-  void (*set) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  void (*reset) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  int (*toggle) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  int (*test) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
-  bitset_bindex (*size) PARAMS ((bitset));
-  bitset_bindex (*count) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  void (*set) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  void (*reset) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bool (*toggle) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bool (*test) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bitset_bindex (*resize) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bitset_bindex (*size) (bitset);
+  bitset_bindex (*count) (bitset);

-  int (*empty_p) PARAMS ((bitset));
-  void (*ones) PARAMS ((bitset));
-  void (*zero) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  bool (*empty_p) (bitset);
+  void (*ones) (bitset);
+  void (*zero) (bitset);

-  void (*copy) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  int (*disjoint_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  int (*equal_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  void (*not) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
-  int (*subset_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  void (*copy) (bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*disjoint_p) (bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*equal_p) (bitset, bitset);
+  void (*not) (bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*subset_p) (bitset, bitset);

-  void (*and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*andn) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*andn_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*xor) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*xor_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*and) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*and_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*andn) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*andn_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*or) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*or_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*xor) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*xor_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);

-  void (*and_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*and_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*andn_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*andn_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  void (*or_and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
-  int (*or_and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*and_or) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*and_or_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*andn_or) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*andn_or_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*or_and) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*or_and_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);

-  bitset_bindex (*list) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *,
-				 bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
-  bitset_bindex (*list_reverse) PARAMS ((bitset,
-					 bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
-					 bitset_bindex *));
-  void (*free) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  bitset_bindex (*list) (bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+			 bitset_bindex *);
+  bitset_bindex (*list_reverse) (bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+				 bitset_bindex *);
+  void (*free) (bitset);
  enum bitset_type type;
 };

-#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) ((BSET1)->b.vtable == (BSET2)->b.vtable)
+#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) \
+((BSET1)->b.vtable == (BSET2)->b.vtable)

 #define BITSET_CHECK2_(DST, SRC) \
 if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC)) abort ();
@@ -153,6 +168,9 @@ if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \
    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC3)) abort ();


+/* Redefine number of bits in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_RESIZE_(DST, SIZE) (DST)->b.vtable->resize (DST, SIZE)
+
 /* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
 #define BITSET_SIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->size (SRC)

@@ -261,22 +279,24 @@ if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \

 /* Private functions for bitset implementations.  */

-extern int bitset_toggle_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+extern bool bitset_toggle_ (bitset, bitset_bindex);

-extern bitset_bindex bitset_count_ PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_count_ (bitset);

-extern int bitset_copy_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_size_ (bitset);

-extern void bitset_and_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+extern bool bitset_copy_ (bitset, bitset);

-extern int bitset_and_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+extern void bitset_and_or_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);

-extern void bitset_andn_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+extern bool bitset_and_or_cmp_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);

-extern int bitset_andn_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+extern void bitset_andn_or_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);

-extern void bitset_or_and_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+extern bool bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);

-extern int bitset_or_and_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+extern void bitset_or_and_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+extern bool bitset_or_and_cmp_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);

 #endif /* _BBITSET_H  */
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* General bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,10 +21,12 @@
 #endif

 #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
 #include "bitset.h"
 #include "abitset.h"
 #include "lbitset.h"
 #include "ebitset.h"
+#include "vbitset.h"
 #include "bitset_stats.h"
 #include "obstack.h"

@@ -55,6 +57,10 @@ bitset_bytes (enum bitset_type type, bitset_bindex n_bits)
      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
      break;

+    case BITSET_VARRAY:
+      bytes = vbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
    default:
      abort ();
    }
@@ -81,6 +87,9 @@ bitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
    case BITSET_TABLE:
      return ebitset_init (bset, n_bits);

+    case BITSET_VARRAY:
+      return vbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
    default:
      abort ();
    }
@@ -93,27 +102,30 @@ bitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
 enum bitset_type
 bitset_type_choose (bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int attr)
 {
-  enum bitset_type type;
-
  /* Check attributes.  */
  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED && attr & BITSET_VARIABLE)
    abort ();
  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE && attr & BITSET_DENSE)
    abort ();

-  /* Choose the type of bitset. Note that sometimes we will be asked
+  /* Choose the type of bitset.  Note that sometimes we will be asked
  for a zero length fixed size bitset.  */

-  type = BITSET_ARRAY;
-  /* Currently, the simple bitsets do not support a variable size.  */
-  if (attr & BITSET_VARIABLE || attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
-    {
-      type = BITSET_LIST;
-      if (attr & BITSET_DENSE || attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
-	type = BITSET_TABLE;
-    }
+  
+  /* If no attributes selected, choose a good compromise.  */
+  if (!attr)
+    return BITSET_VARRAY;

-  return type;
+  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
+    return BITSET_LIST;
+
+  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED)
+    return BITSET_ARRAY;
+
+  if (attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
+    return BITSET_TABLE;
+
+  return BITSET_VARRAY;
 }


@@ -223,6 +235,14 @@ bitset_next (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
 }


+/* Return true if both bitsets are of the same type and size.  */
+extern bool
+bitset_compatible_p (bitset bset1, bitset bset2)
+{
+    return BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (bset1, bset2);
+}
+
+
 /* Find previous bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
 bitset_bindex
@@ -253,22 +273,22 @@ bitset_last (bitset src)
 }


-/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
-int
+/* Is BITNO in SRC the only set bit?  */
+bool
 bitset_only_set_p (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  bitset_bindex val[2];
  bitset_bindex next = 0;

  if (bitset_list (src, val, 2, &next) != 1)
-    return 0;
+    return false;
  return val[0] == bitno;
 }


 /* Print contents of bitset BSET to FILE.   */
 static void
-bitset_print (FILE *file, bitset bset, int verbose)
+bitset_print (FILE *file, bitset bset, bool verbose)
 {
  unsigned int pos;
  bitset_bindex i;
@@ -276,7 +296,7 @@ bitset_print (FILE *file, bitset bset, int verbose)

  if (verbose)
    fprintf (file, "n_bits = %lu, set = {",
-	     (unsigned long) bitset_size (bset));
+	     (unsigned long int) bitset_size (bset));

  pos = 30;
  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, bset, i, 0)
@@ -300,11 +320,10 @@ bitset_print (FILE *file, bitset bset, int verbose)
 void
 bitset_dump (FILE *file, bitset bset)
 {
-  bitset_print (file, bset, 0);
+  bitset_print (file, bset, false);
 }


-
 /* Release memory associated with bitsets.  */
 void
 bitset_release_memory (void)
@@ -314,9 +333,8 @@ bitset_release_memory (void)
 }


-
-/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if not set.  */
-int
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and the new value of the bit.  */
+bool
 bitset_toggle_ (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  /* This routine is for completeness.  It could be optimized if
@@ -324,16 +342,24 @@ bitset_toggle_ (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
  if (bitset_test (bset, bitno))
    {
      bitset_reset (bset, bitno);
-      return 0;
+      return false;
    }
  else
    {
      bitset_set (bset, bitno);
-      return 1;
+      return true;
    }
 }


+/* Return number of bits in bitset SRC.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_size_ (bitset src)
+{
+    return BITSET_NBITS_ (src);
+}
+
+
 /* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
 bitset_bindex
 bitset_count_ (bitset src)
@@ -356,10 +382,10 @@ bitset_count_ (bitset src)
 }


-/* DST = SRC.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC.
+/* DST = SRC.  Return true if DST != SRC.
   This is a fallback for the case where SRC and DST are different
   bitset types.  */
-int
+bool
 bitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  bitset_bindex i;
@@ -373,23 +399,23 @@ bitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)
     bitset_set (dst, i);
  };

-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


 /* This is a fallback for implementations that do not support
   four operand operations.  */
-static inline int
+static inline bool
 bitset_op4_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3,
 		enum bitset_ops op)
 {
-  int changed = 0;
-  int stats_enabled_save;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bool stats_enabled_save;
  bitset tmp;

  /* Create temporary bitset.  */
  stats_enabled_save = bitset_stats_enabled;
-  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = false;
  tmp = bitset_alloc (0, bitset_type_get (dst));
  bitset_stats_enabled = stats_enabled_save;

@@ -429,7 +455,7 @@ bitset_and_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)

 /* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-int
+bool
 bitset_and_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_AND_OR);
@@ -446,7 +472,7 @@ bitset_andn_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)

 /* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
-int
+bool
 bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR);
@@ -463,7 +489,7 @@ bitset_or_and_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)

 /* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
-int
+bool
 bitset_or_and_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_OR_AND);
@@ -475,5 +501,5 @@ void
 debug_bitset (bitset bset)
 {
  if (bset)
-    bitset_print (stderr, bset, 1);
+    bitset_print (stderr, bset, true);
 }
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Generic bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -44,12 +44,11 @@ union bitset_union
 {
  /* This must be the first member of every other structure that is a
     member of this union.  */
-  struct bbitset_struct b;
+  struct bbitset_struct b;	        /* Base bitset data.  */

  struct abitset_struct
  {
    struct bbitset_struct b;
-    bitset_bindex n_bits;		/* Number of bits.  */
    bitset_word words[1];		/* The array of bits.  */
  } a;

@@ -72,6 +71,13 @@ union bitset_union
    struct bbitset_struct b;
    bitset bset;
  } s;
+
+  struct vbitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_windex size;			/* Allocated size of array.  */
+  } v;
+
 };


@@ -87,38 +93,37 @@ typedef struct


 /* Return bytes required for bitset of desired type and size.  */
-extern size_t bitset_bytes PARAMS ((enum bitset_type, bitset_bindex));
+extern size_t bitset_bytes (enum bitset_type, bitset_bindex);

 /* Initialise a bitset with desired type and size.  */
-extern bitset bitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+extern bitset bitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);

 /* Select an implementation type based on the desired bitset size
   and attributes.  */
-extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose PARAMS ((bitset_bindex,
-						    bitset_attrs));
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose (bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs);

 /* Create a bitset of desired type and size.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
-extern bitset bitset_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+extern bitset bitset_alloc (bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);

 /* Free bitset.  */
-extern void bitset_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern void bitset_free (bitset);

 /* Create a bitset of desired type and size using an obstack.  The
   bitset is zeroed.  */
-extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc PARAMS ((struct obstack *bobstack,
-					    bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc (struct obstack *bobstack,
+				    bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);

 /* Free bitset allocated on obstack.  */
-extern void bitset_obstack_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern void bitset_obstack_free (bitset);

 /* Create a bitset of desired size and attributes.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
-extern bitset bitset_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs));
+extern bitset bitset_create (bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs);

 /* Return bitset type.  */
-extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get (bitset);

 /* Return bitset type name.  */
-extern const char *bitset_type_name_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern const char *bitset_type_name_get (bitset);


 /* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
@@ -150,7 +155,7 @@ bitset_reset (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)


 /* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
-static inline int
+static inline bool
 bitset_test (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
@@ -169,6 +174,9 @@ bitset_test (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
 /* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
 #define bitset_size(SRC) BITSET_SIZE_ (SRC)

+/* Change size of bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_resize (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
 /* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
 #define bitset_count(SRC) BITSET_COUNT_ (SRC)

@@ -266,65 +274,69 @@ bitset_test (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
 #define bitset_list_reverse(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
 BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)

+/* Return true if both bitsets are of the same type and size.  */
+extern bool bitset_compatible_p (bitset bset1, bitset bset2);

-/* Find next set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_next PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+/* Find next set bit from the given bit index.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_next (bitset, bitset_bindex);

-/* Find previous set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_prev PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+/* Find previous set bit from the given bit index.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_prev (bitset, bitset_bindex);

 /* Find first set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_first PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_first (bitset);

 /* Find last set bit.  */
-extern bitset_bindex bitset_last PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_last (bitset);

 /* Return nonzero if this is the only set bit.  */
-extern int bitset_only_set_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+extern bool bitset_only_set_p (bitset, bitset_bindex);

 /* Dump bitset.  */
-extern void bitset_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset));
+extern void bitset_dump (FILE *, bitset);

-/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting BIT
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting INDEX
   to the index of each set bit.  For example, the following will print
   the bits set in a bitset:

   bitset_bindex i;
   bitset_iterator iter;

-   bitset_zero (dst);
   BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
   {
-      printf ("%ld ", i);
+      printf ("%lu ", (unsigned long int) i);
   };
 */
-#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)				      \
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, INDEX, MIN)				      \
  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
       && (ITER.num = bitset_list (BSET, ITER.list, 			      \
 				   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)	      \
-    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+    for (ITER.i = 0;							      \
+	 ITER.i < ITER.num && ((INDEX) = ITER.list[ITER.i], 1);		      \
+	 ITER.i++)


 /* Loop over all elements of BSET, in reverse order starting with
-   MIN,  setting BIT to the index of each set bit. For example, the
+   MIN, setting INDEX to the index of each set bit.  For example, the
   following will print the bits set in a bitset in reverse order:

   bitset_bindex i;
   bitset_iterator iter;

-   bitset_zero (dst);
   BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE (iter, src, i, 0)
   {
-      printf ("%ld ", i);
+      printf ("%lu ", (unsigned long int) i);
   };
 */
-#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)			      \
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, INDEX, MIN)			      \
  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
       && (ITER.num = bitset_list_reverse (BSET, ITER.list,		      \
-					  BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)    \
-    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+					   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)   \
+    for (ITER.i = 0;							      \
+	 ITER.i < ITER.num && ((INDEX) = ITER.list[ITER.i], 1);		      \
+	 ITER.i++)


 /* Define set operations in terms of logical operations.  */
@@ -349,30 +361,29 @@ extern void bitset_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset));
  bitset_andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)


-
 /* Release any memory tied up with bitsets.  */
-extern void bitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+extern void bitset_release_memory (void);

 /* Enable bitset stats gathering.  */
-extern void bitset_stats_enable PARAMS ((void));
+extern void bitset_stats_enable (void);

 /* Disable bitset stats gathering.  */
-extern void bitset_stats_disable PARAMS ((void));
+extern void bitset_stats_disable (void);

 /* Read bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
-void bitset_stats_read PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+void bitset_stats_read (const char *filename);

 /* Write bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
-void bitset_stats_write PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+void bitset_stats_write (const char *filename);

 /* Dump bitset stats.  */
-extern void bitset_stats_dump PARAMS ((FILE *));
+extern void bitset_stats_dump (FILE *);

 /* Function to debug bitset from debugger.  */
-extern void debug_bitset PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern void debug_bitset (bitset);

 /* Function to debug bitset stats from debugger.  */
-extern void debug_bitset_stats PARAMS ((void));
+extern void debug_bitset_stats (void);

 #endif /* _BITSET_H  */

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Bitset statistics.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
 #include "abitset.h"
 #include "ebitset.h"
 #include "lbitset.h"
+#include "vbitset.h"
 #include "bitset_stats.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ struct bitset_stats_info_struct

 struct bitset_stats_info_struct bitset_stats_info_data;
 struct bitset_stats_info_struct *bitset_stats_info;
-int bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+bool bitset_stats_enabled = false;


 /* Print a percentage histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
@@ -159,8 +160,8 @@ bitset_log_histogram_print (FILE *file, const char *name, const char *msg,
  for (; i < n_bins; i++)
    fprintf (file, "%*lu-%lu\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
 	     max_width - ((unsigned int) (0.30103 * (i) + 0.9999) + 1),
-	     (unsigned long) 1 << (i - 1),
-	     ((unsigned long) 1 << i) - 1,
+	     1UL << (i - 1),
+	     (1UL << i) - 1,
 	     bins[i],
 	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
 }
@@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ bitset_stats_print_1 (FILE *file, const char *name,

 /* Print all bitset statistics to FILE.  */
 static void
-bitset_stats_print (FILE *file, int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+bitset_stats_print (FILE *file, bool verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
  int i;

@@ -227,14 +228,14 @@ bitset_stats_enable (void)
 {
  if (!bitset_stats_info)
    bitset_stats_info = &bitset_stats_info_data;
-  bitset_stats_enabled = 1;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = true;
 }


 void
 bitset_stats_disable (void)
 {
-  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = false;
 }


@@ -298,7 +299,7 @@ bitset_stats_write (const char *filename)
 void
 bitset_stats_dump (FILE *file)
 {
-  bitset_stats_print (file, 0);
+  bitset_stats_print (file, false);
 }


@@ -306,7 +307,7 @@ bitset_stats_dump (FILE *file)
 void
 debug_bitset_stats (void)
 {
-  bitset_stats_print (stderr, 1);
+  bitset_stats_print (stderr, true);
 }


@@ -349,14 +350,14 @@ bitset_stats_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_toggle (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
    return BITSET_TOGGLE_ (src->s.bset, bitno);
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  bitset bset = src->s.bset;
@@ -375,6 +376,13 @@ bitset_stats_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
 }


+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex size)
+{
+    return BITSET_RESIZE_ (src->s.bset, size);
+}
+
+
 static bitset_bindex
 bitset_stats_size (bitset src)
 {
@@ -389,7 +397,7 @@ bitset_stats_count (bitset src)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_empty_p (bitset dst)
 {
  return BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (dst->s.bset);
@@ -418,7 +426,7 @@ bitset_stats_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
@@ -426,7 +434,7 @@ bitset_stats_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
@@ -442,7 +450,7 @@ bitset_stats_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
@@ -458,7 +466,7 @@ bitset_stats_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
@@ -474,7 +482,7 @@ bitset_stats_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
@@ -490,7 +498,7 @@ bitset_stats_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
@@ -506,7 +514,7 @@ bitset_stats_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
@@ -518,16 +526,14 @@ static void
 bitset_stats_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
  BITSET_AND_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
  return BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
 }

@@ -536,16 +542,14 @@ static void
 bitset_stats_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
  BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
  return BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
 }

@@ -554,16 +558,14 @@ static void
 bitset_stats_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
  BITSET_OR_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
 }


-static int
+static bool
 bitset_stats_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
 {
  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
-
  return BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
 }

@@ -628,6 +630,7 @@ struct bitset_vtable bitset_stats_vtable = {
  bitset_stats_reset,
  bitset_stats_toggle,
  bitset_stats_test,
+  bitset_stats_resize,
  bitset_stats_size,
  bitset_stats_count,
  bitset_stats_empty_p,
@@ -687,6 +690,8 @@ bitset_stats_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
  bset->b.csize = 0;
  bset->b.cdata = 0;

+  BITSET_NBITS_ (bset) = n_bits;
+
  /* Set up the actual bitset implementation that
     we are a wrapper over.  */
  switch (type)
@@ -709,6 +714,12 @@ bitset_stats_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
      ebitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
      break;

+    case BITSET_VARRAY:
+      bytes = vbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      vbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
    default:
      abort ();
    }
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Functions to support bitset statistics.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,13 +21,12 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #include "bbitset.h"

-extern int bitset_stats_enabled;
+extern bool bitset_stats_enabled;

-extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get (bitset);

-extern size_t bitset_stats_bytes PARAMS ((void));
+extern size_t bitset_stats_bytes (void);

-extern bitset bitset_stats_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex,
-					 enum bitset_type));
+extern bitset bitset_stats_init (bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);

 #endif
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of Bison.

@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE * out, const char *title, bitsetv bset)
  /* Contents. */
  for (i = 0; bset[i]; ++i)
    {
-      fprintf (out, "%2lu|", (unsigned long) i);
+      fprintf (out, "%2lu|", (unsigned long int) i);
      for (j = 0; j < hsize; ++j)
 	fputs (bitset_test (bset[i], j) ? "1" : " ", out);
      fputs ("|\n", out);
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Akim Demaille (akim@freefriends.org).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #include "bitsetv.h"

 /* Dump vector of bitsets as a matrix.  */
-extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
-					 bitsetv));
+extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE *, const char *, bitsetv);

 #endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of GCC.

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ bitsetv_dump (FILE *file, char const *title, char const *subtitle,
  fprintf (file, "%s\n", title);
  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
    {
-      fprintf (file, "%s %lu\n", subtitle, (unsigned long) i);
+      fprintf (file, "%s %lu\n", subtitle, (unsigned long int) i);
      bitset_dump (file, bsetv[i]);
    }

@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ debug_bitsetv (bitsetv bsetv)

  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "%lu: ", (unsigned long) i);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%lu: ", (unsigned long int) i);
      debug_bitset (bsetv[i]);
    }

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Bitset vectors.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,38 +25,35 @@ typedef bitset * bitsetv;

 /* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
   type TYPE.  */
-extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
-				      enum bitset_type));
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc (bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);

 /* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
-extern bitsetv bitsetv_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
-				       unsigned int));
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_create (bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex, unsigned int);

 /* Free vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_free PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+extern void bitsetv_free (bitsetv);

 /* Zero vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_zero PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+extern void bitsetv_zero (bitsetv);

 /* Set vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_ones PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+extern void bitsetv_ones (bitsetv);

 /* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
-extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure (bitsetv);

 /* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is
   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
   of the bit matrix set.  */
-extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv);

 /* Dump vector of bitsets.  */
-extern void bitsetv_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
-				  const char *, bitsetv));
+extern void bitsetv_dump (FILE *, const char *, const char *, bitsetv);

 /* Function to debug vector of bitsets from debugger.  */
-extern void debug_bitsetv PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+extern void debug_bitsetv (bitsetv);

 #endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dirname.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
-   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
-   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
-size_t
-dir_len (char const *path)
-{
-  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
-  size_t length;
-
-  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
-  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
-    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
-      return length;
-
-  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
-  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
-}
-
-/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
-   allocated with xmalloc.
-   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
-   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
-
-char *
-dir_name (char const *path)
-{
-  size_t length = dir_len (path);
-  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
-  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
-  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
-  if (append_dot)
-    newpath[length++] = '.';
-  newpath[length] = 0;
-  return newpath;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
-/*
-
-Run the test like this (expect no output):
-  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
-     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
-  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
-
-BEGIN-DATA
-foo//// .
-bar/foo//// bar
-foo/ .
-/ /
-. .
-a .
-END-DATA
-
-*/
-
-# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
-# include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
-
-  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
-  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
-    {
-      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
-      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
-      char const *result;
-      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
-      result = dir_name (path);
-      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
-	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-    any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
-# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
-#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ISSLASH
-#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-# endif
-
-# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
-# endif
-
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
-char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
-size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
-size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
-
-int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));
-
-#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Functions to support expandable bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@
 #include "ebitset.h"
 #include "obstack.h"
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>

 /* This file implements expandable bitsets.  These bitsets can be of
   arbitrary length and are more efficient than arrays of bits for
@@ -51,7 +52,7 @@

 /* Number of bits stored in each element.  */
 #define EBITSET_ELT_BITS \
-  ((unsigned) (EBITSET_ELT_WORDS * BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+  ((unsigned int) (EBITSET_ELT_WORDS * BITSET_WORD_BITS))

 /* Ebitset element.  We use an array of bits.  */
 typedef struct ebitset_elt_struct
@@ -75,11 +76,6 @@ typedef ebitset_elt *ebitset_elts;
 #define EBITSET_INITIAL_SIZE 2
 #endif

-/* Minimum number of elements to grow table.  */
-
-#ifndef EBITSET_GROW_SIZE
-#define EBITSET_GROW_SIZE 4
-#endif

 enum ebitset_find_mode
  { EBITSET_FIND, EBITSET_CREATE, EBITSET_SUBST };
@@ -88,11 +84,13 @@ static ebitset_elt ebitset_zero_elts[1]; /* Elements of all zero bits.  */

 /* Obstack to allocate bitset elements from.  */
 static struct obstack ebitset_obstack;
-static int ebitset_obstack_init = 0;
+static bool ebitset_obstack_init = false;
 static ebitset_elt *ebitset_free_list;	/* Free list of bitset elements.  */

+#define EBITSET_N_ELTS(N) (((N) + EBITSET_ELT_BITS - 1) / EBITSET_ELT_BITS)
 #define EBITSET_ELTS(BSET) ((BSET)->e.elts)
-#define EBITSET_SIZE(BSET) ((BSET)->e.size)
+#define EBITSET_SIZE(BSET) EBITSET_N_ELTS (BITSET_NBITS_ (BSET))
+#define EBITSET_ASIZE(BSET) ((BSET)->e.size)

 #define EBITSET_NEXT(ELT) ((ELT)->u.next)
 #define EBITSET_WORDS(ELT) ((ELT)->u.words)
@@ -118,24 +116,64 @@ static ebitset_elt *ebitset_free_list;	/* Free list of bitset elements.  */
  (BSET)->b.cdata = EBITSET_WORDS (EBITSET_ELTS (BSET) [EINDEX]))


-/* Grow the expandable table for BSET by SIZE elements.  */
-static void
-ebitset_elts_grow (bitset bset, bitset_windex size)
+#define min(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+ebitset_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex n_bits)
 {
  bitset_windex oldsize;
  bitset_windex newsize;

-  oldsize = EBITSET_SIZE (bset);
-  newsize = oldsize + size;
+  if (n_bits == BITSET_NBITS_ (src))
+    return n_bits;

-  if (BITSET_SIZE_MAX / sizeof (ebitset_elt *) < newsize)
-    xalloc_die ();
+  oldsize = EBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  newsize = EBITSET_N_ELTS (n_bits);

-  EBITSET_ELTS (bset) = xrealloc (EBITSET_ELTS (bset),
-				  newsize * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
-  EBITSET_SIZE (bset) = newsize;
+  if (oldsize < newsize)
+    {
+      bitset_windex size;

-  memset (EBITSET_ELTS (bset) + oldsize, 0, size * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
+      /* The bitset needs to grow.  If we already have enough memory 
+	 allocated, then just zero what we need.  */
+      if (newsize > EBITSET_ASIZE (src))
+	{
+	  /* We need to allocate more memory.  When oldsize is
+	     non-zero this means that we are changing the size, so
+	     grow the bitset 25% larger than requested to reduce
+	     number of reallocations.  */
+
+	  if (oldsize == 0)
+	    size = newsize;
+	  else
+	    size = newsize + newsize / 4;
+	  
+	  EBITSET_ELTS (src)
+	    = realloc (EBITSET_ELTS (src), size * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
+	  EBITSET_ASIZE (src) = size;
+	}
+
+      memset (EBITSET_ELTS (src) + oldsize, 0, 
+	      (newsize - oldsize) * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The bitset needs to shrink.  There's no point deallocating
+	 the memory unless it is shrinking by a reasonable amount.  */
+      if ((oldsize - newsize) >= oldsize / 2)
+	{
+	  EBITSET_ELTS (src)
+	    = realloc (EBITSET_ELTS (src), newsize * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
+	  EBITSET_ASIZE (src) = newsize;
+	}
+
+      /* Need to prune any excess bits.  FIXME.  */
+    }
+
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (src) = n_bits;
+  return n_bits;
 }


@@ -154,7 +192,7 @@ ebitset_elt_alloc (void)
    {
      if (!ebitset_obstack_init)
 	{
-	  ebitset_obstack_init = 1;
+	  ebitset_obstack_init = true;

 	  /* Let particular systems override the size of a chunk.  */

@@ -178,9 +216,7 @@ ebitset_elt_alloc (void)

 	  obstack_specify_allocation (&ebitset_obstack, OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE,
 				      __alignof__ (ebitset_elt),
-				      (void *(*)PARAMS ((long)))
 				      OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC,
-				      (void (*)PARAMS ((void *)))
 				      OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE);
 	}

@@ -242,22 +278,22 @@ ebitset_elt_add (bitset bset, ebitset_elt *elt, bitset_windex eindex)
 }


-/* Return nonzero if all bits in an element are zero.  */
-static inline int
+/* Are all bits in an element zero?  */
+static inline bool
 ebitset_elt_zero_p (ebitset_elt *elt)
 {
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
    if (EBITSET_WORDS (elt)[i])
-      return 0;
+      return false;

-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


 static ebitset_elt *
-ebitset_elt_find (bitset bset, bitset_windex windex,
+ebitset_elt_find (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bindex,
 		  enum ebitset_find_mode mode)
 {
  ebitset_elt *elt;
@@ -265,7 +301,7 @@ ebitset_elt_find (bitset bset, bitset_windex windex,
  bitset_windex eindex;
  ebitset_elts *elts;

-  eindex = windex / EBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+  eindex = bindex / EBITSET_ELT_BITS;

  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
  size = EBITSET_SIZE (bset);
@@ -291,21 +327,7 @@ ebitset_elt_find (bitset bset, bitset_windex windex,

    case EBITSET_CREATE:
      if (eindex >= size)
-	{
-	  bitset_windex extra;
-
-	  extra = eindex - size + 1;
-
-	  /* We need to expand the table by EXTRA elements.  It may be
-	     better with large bitsets to grow the number of
-	     elements by some fraction of the current size otherwise
-	     we can spend a lot of time slowly increasing the size of the
-	     bitset.  */
-	  if (extra < EBITSET_GROW_SIZE)
-	    extra = EBITSET_GROW_SIZE;
-
-	  ebitset_elts_grow (bset, extra);
-	}
+	ebitset_resize (bset, bindex);

      /* Create a new element.  */
      elt = ebitset_elt_calloc ();
@@ -322,18 +344,6 @@ ebitset_elt_find (bitset bset, bitset_windex windex,
 }


-static inline ebitset_elt *
-ebitset_elt_last (bitset bset)
-{
-  ebitset_elts *elts;
-
-  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
-
-  /* Assume that have at least one element in elts.  */
-  return elts[EBITSET_SIZE (bset) - 1];
-}
-
-
 /* Weed out the zero elements from the elts.  */
 static inline bitset_windex
 ebitset_weed (bitset bset)
@@ -353,7 +363,7 @@ ebitset_weed (bitset bset)

      if (elt)
 	{
-	  if (elt && ebitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
+	  if (ebitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
 	    {
 	      ebitset_elt_remove (bset, j);
 	      count++;
@@ -402,7 +412,7 @@ ebitset_zero (bitset bset)
 }


-static inline int
+static inline bool
 ebitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  ebitset_elts *selts;
@@ -410,13 +420,13 @@ ebitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
  bitset_windex j;

  if (src == dst)
-    return 1;
+    return true;

  ebitset_weed (dst);
  ebitset_weed (src);

  if (EBITSET_SIZE (src) != EBITSET_SIZE (dst))
-    return 0;
+    return false;

  selts = EBITSET_ELTS (src);
  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
@@ -430,13 +440,13 @@ ebitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
      if (!selt && !delt)
 	continue;
      if ((selt && !delt) || (!selt && delt))
-	return 0;
+	return false;

      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
 	if (EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i] != EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i])
-	  return 0;
+	  return false;
    }
-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


@@ -453,8 +463,8 @@ ebitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)

  ebitset_zero (dst);

-  if (EBITSET_SIZE (dst) < EBITSET_SIZE (src))
-    ebitset_elts_grow (dst, EBITSET_SIZE (src) - EBITSET_SIZE (dst));
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (dst) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src))
+    ebitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src));

  selts = EBITSET_ELTS (src);
  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
@@ -476,13 +486,13 @@ ebitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)
 }


-/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  Return non-zero if
+/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  Return true if
   bitsets different.  */
-static inline int
+static inline bool
 ebitset_copy_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  if (src == dst)
-    return 0;
+    return false;

  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (dst))
    {
@@ -491,19 +501,10 @@ ebitset_copy_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src)
    }

  if (ebitset_equal_p (dst, src))
-    return 0;
+    return false;

  ebitset_copy_ (dst, src);
-  return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
-static bitset_bindex
-ebitset_size (bitset src)
-{
-  /* Return current size of bitset in bits.  */
-  return EBITSET_SIZE (src) * EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+  return true;
 }


@@ -513,7 +514,7 @@ ebitset_set (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;

-  ebitset_elt_find (dst, windex, EBITSET_CREATE);
+  ebitset_elt_find (dst, bitno, EBITSET_CREATE);

  dst->b.cdata[windex - dst->b.cindex] |=
    (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
@@ -526,7 +527,7 @@ ebitset_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;

-  if (!ebitset_elt_find (dst, windex, EBITSET_FIND))
+  if (!ebitset_elt_find (dst, bitno, EBITSET_FIND))
    return;

  dst->b.cdata[windex - dst->b.cindex] &=
@@ -539,16 +540,15 @@ ebitset_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)


 /* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
-static int
+static bool
 ebitset_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;

-  if (!ebitset_elt_find (src, windex, EBITSET_FIND))
-    return 0;
-
-  return (src->b.
-	  cdata[windex - src->b.cindex] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+  return (ebitset_elt_find (src, bitno, EBITSET_FIND)
+	  && ((src->b.cdata[windex - src->b.cindex]
+	       >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+	      & 1));
 }


@@ -732,6 +732,48 @@ ebitset_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
 	{
 	  /* The coast is clear, plant boot!  */

+#if EBITSET_ELT_WORDS == 2
+	  word = srcp[0];
+	  if (word)
+	    {
+	      if (!(word & 0xffff))
+		{
+		  word >>= 16;
+		  bitno += 16;
+		}
+	      if (!(word & 0xff))
+		{
+		  word >>= 8;
+		  bitno += 8;
+		}
+	      for (; word; bitno++)
+		{
+		  if (word & 1)
+		    list[count++] = bitno;
+		  word >>= 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	  windex++;
+	  bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+	  word = srcp[1];
+	  if (word)
+	    {
+	      if (!(word & 0xffff))
+		{
+		  word >>= 16;
+		  bitno += 16;
+		}
+	      for (; word; bitno++)
+		{
+		  if (word & 1)
+		    list[count++] = bitno;
+		  word >>= 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	  windex++;
+	  bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+#else
 	  for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, windex++)
 	    {
 	      bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
@@ -757,6 +799,7 @@ ebitset_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
+#endif
 	}
      else
 	{
@@ -789,29 +832,91 @@ ebitset_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
 }


+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last element are clear.  */
+static inline void
+ebitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;
+  
+  n_bits = BITSET_NBITS_ (dst);
+  last_bit = n_bits % EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+  
+  if (last_bit)
+    {
+      bitset_windex eindex;
+      ebitset_elts *elts;
+      ebitset_elt *elt;
+
+      elts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+      
+      eindex = n_bits / EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+      
+      elt = elts[eindex];
+      if (elt)
+	{
+	  bitset_windex windex;
+	  bitset_windex woffset;
+	  bitset_word *srcp = EBITSET_WORDS (elt);
+	  
+	  windex = n_bits / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+	  woffset = eindex * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+	  
+	  srcp[windex - woffset] &= ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;	  
+	  windex++;
+	  for (; (windex - woffset) < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; windex++)
+	    srcp[windex - woffset] = 0;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+
 static void
 ebitset_ones (bitset dst)
 {
  bitset_windex j;
  ebitset_elt *elt;

-
  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (dst); j++)
    {
      /* Create new elements if they cannot be found.  Perhaps
-	 we should just add pointers to a ones element.  */
+	 we should just add pointers to a ones element?  */
      elt =
-	ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS, EBITSET_CREATE);
+	ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_BITS, EBITSET_CREATE);
      memset (EBITSET_WORDS (elt), -1, sizeof (EBITSET_WORDS (elt)));
    }
  EBITSET_NONZERO_SET (dst);
+  ebitset_unused_clear (dst);
 }


-static int
+static bool
 ebitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
 {
-  return !ebitset_weed (dst);
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+  bitset_windex j;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (dst))
+    return 1;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (dst); j++)
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *elt = elts[j];
+
+      if (elt)
+	{
+	  if (!ebitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
+	    return 0;
+	  /* Do some weeding as we go.  */
+	  ebitset_elt_remove (dst, j);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* All the bits are zero.  We could shrink the elts.
+     For now just mark DST as known to be zero.  */
+  EBITSET_ZERO_SET (dst);
+  return 1;
 }


@@ -823,24 +928,27 @@ ebitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
  ebitset_elt *delt;
  bitset_windex j;

+  ebitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src));
+
  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (src); j++)
    {
      /* Create new elements for dst if they cannot be found
-	     or substitute zero elements if src elements not found.  */
+	 or substitute zero elements if src elements not found.  */
      selt =
-	ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS, EBITSET_SUBST);
+	ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_BITS, EBITSET_SUBST);
      delt =
-	ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS, EBITSET_CREATE);
+	ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_BITS, EBITSET_CREATE);

      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
 	EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i] = ~EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i];
    }
  EBITSET_NONZERO_SET (dst);
+  ebitset_unused_clear (dst);
 }


-/* Return 1 if DST == DST | SRC.  */
-static int
+/* Is DST == DST | SRC?  */
+static bool
 ebitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  bitset_windex j;
@@ -875,14 +983,14 @@ ebitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
 	if (EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i]
 	    != (EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i] | EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i]))
-	  return 0;
+	  return false;
    }
-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


-/* Return 1 if DST & SRC == 0.  */
-static int
+/* Is DST & SRC == 0?  */
+static bool
 ebitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  bitset_windex j;
@@ -911,14 +1019,14 @@ ebitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)

      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
 	if ((EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i] & EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i]))
-	  return 0;
+	  return false;
    }
-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }



-static int
+static bool
 ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
 {
  bitset_windex ssize1;
@@ -931,10 +1039,12 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
  bitset_word *srcp1;
  bitset_word *srcp2;
  bitset_word *dstp;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  unsigned int i;
  bitset_windex j;

+  ebitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1), BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)));
+
  ssize1 = EBITSET_SIZE (src1);
  ssize2 = EBITSET_SIZE (src2);
  dsize = EBITSET_SIZE (dst);
@@ -942,9 +1052,6 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
  if (size < ssize2)
    size = ssize2;

-  if (size > dsize)
-    ebitset_elts_grow (dst, size - dsize);
-
  selts1 = EBITSET_ELTS (src1);
  selts2 = EBITSET_ELTS (src2);
  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
@@ -963,7 +1070,7 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
 	{
 	  if (delt)
 	    {
-	      changed = 1;
+	      changed = true;
 	      ebitset_elt_remove (dst, j);
 	    }
 	  continue;
@@ -990,7 +1097,7 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1003,7 +1110,7 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1016,7 +1123,7 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1029,7 +1136,7 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1054,7 +1161,7 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
    {
      ebitset_elt *delt;

-      changed = 1;
+      changed = true;

      delt = delts[j];

@@ -1067,10 +1174,10 @@ ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 ebitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
-  int changed;
+  bool changed;

  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
    {
@@ -1097,10 +1204,10 @@ ebitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 ebitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
-  int changed;
+  bool changed;

  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
    {
@@ -1124,7 +1231,7 @@ ebitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 ebitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
@@ -1146,7 +1253,7 @@ ebitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 ebitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
@@ -1184,7 +1291,8 @@ struct bitset_vtable ebitset_vtable = {
  ebitset_reset,
  bitset_toggle_,
  ebitset_test,
-  ebitset_size,
+  ebitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
  bitset_count_,
  ebitset_empty_p,
  ebitset_ones,
@@ -1239,9 +1347,9 @@ ebitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits)
  size = n_bits ? (n_bits + EBITSET_ELT_BITS - 1) / EBITSET_ELT_BITS
    : EBITSET_INITIAL_SIZE;

-  EBITSET_SIZE (bset) = 0;
+  EBITSET_ASIZE (bset) = 0;
  EBITSET_ELTS (bset) = 0;
-  ebitset_elts_grow (bset, size);
+  ebitset_resize (bset, n_bits);

  return bset;
 }
@@ -1253,7 +1361,7 @@ ebitset_release_memory (void)
  ebitset_free_list = 0;
  if (ebitset_obstack_init)
    {
-      ebitset_obstack_init = 0;
+      ebitset_obstack_init = false;
      obstack_free (&ebitset_obstack, NULL);
    }
 }
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Functions to support ebitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #include "bitset.h"

-extern size_t ebitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+extern size_t ebitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);

-extern bitset ebitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+extern bitset ebitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);

-extern void ebitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+extern void ebitset_release_memory (void);

 #endif
@@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
-/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "gettext.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <wchar.h>
-# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
-# if __STDC__
-#  include <stdarg.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
-# else
-#  include <varargs.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
-# endif
-#else
-# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
-# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-void exit ();
-#endif
-
-#include "error.h"
-
-#if !_LIBC
-# include "unlocked-io.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _
-# define _(String) String
-#endif
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-void (*error_print_progname) (
-#if __STDC__ - 0
-			      void
-#endif
-			      );
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
-
-# define program_name program_invocation_name
-# include <errno.h>
-# include <libio/libioP.h>
-
-/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
-   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
-extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
-			     ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
-# define error __error
-# define error_at_line __error_at_line
-
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
-#  define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
-#  undef putc
-#  define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
-# endif
-
-#else /* not _LIBC */
-
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
-#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#  endif
-char *strerror_r ();
-# endif
-
-/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
-   name of the executing program.  */
-extern char *program_name;
-
-# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
-#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
-# else
-#  if HAVE_STRERROR
-#   ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#   endif
-#   if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
-char *strerror ();
-#   endif
-#  else
-static char *
-private_strerror (int errnum)
-{
-  extern char *sys_errlist[];
-  extern int sys_nerr;
-
-  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
-  return _("Unknown system error");
-}
-#   define strerror private_strerror
-#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
-#endif	/* not _LIBC */
-
-static void
-print_errno_message (int errnum)
-{
-  char const *s;
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
-  char errbuf[1024];
-# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
-  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
-# else
-  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
-    s = errbuf;
-  else
-    s = 0;
-# endif
-#else
-  s = strerror (errnum);
-#endif
-
-#if !_LIBC
-  if (! s)
-    s = _("Unknown system error");
-#endif
-
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    {
-      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
-}
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-static void
-error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
-{
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-#  if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    {
-#   define ALLOCA_LIMIT	2000
-      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
-      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
-      mbstate_t st;
-      size_t res;
-      const char *tmp;
-
-      do
-	{
-	  if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
-	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
-		wmessage = NULL;
-
-	      wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
-					      len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-
-	      if (wmessage == NULL)
-		{
-		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
-		  return;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
-	  tmp =message;
-	}
-      while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
-
-      if (res == (size_t) -1)
-	/* The string cannot be converted.  */
-	wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
-
-      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
-    }
-  else
-#  endif
-    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
-  else
-# endif
-    putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
-   format string with optional args.
-   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
-   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
-/* VARARGS */
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  fflush (stdout);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __flockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __funlockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-int error_one_per_line;
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     const char *file_name;
-     unsigned int line_number;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  if (error_one_per_line)
-    {
-      static const char *old_file_name;
-      static unsigned int old_line_number;
-
-      if (old_line_number == line_number
-	  && (file_name == old_file_name
-	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
-	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
-	return;
-
-      old_file_name = file_name;
-      old_line_number = line_number;
-    }
-
-  fflush (stdout);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __flockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
-    }
-
-  if (file_name != NULL)
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __funlockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Make the weak alias.  */
-# undef error
-# undef error_at_line
-weak_alias (__error, error)
-weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
-#endif
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _ERROR_H
-#define _ERROR_H 1
-
-#ifndef __attribute__
-/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
-#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-# endif
-/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
-   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#  define __format__ format
-#  define __printf__ printf
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-
-/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
-   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
-   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
-
-extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-
-extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
-			   unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
-
-#else
-void error ();
-void error_at_line ();
-extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-#endif
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-extern unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-extern int error_one_per_line;
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* error.h */
@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-
-#ifndef __need_getopt
-# define _GETOPT_H 1
-#endif
-
-/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
-   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
-   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
-   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
-   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
-   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
-   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
-#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
-# include <ctype.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-#ifndef __need_getopt
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
-   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
-   zero.
-
-   The field `has_arg' is:
-   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
-   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
-   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
-   left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
-   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
-
-struct option
-{
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-  const char *name;
-# else
-  char *name;
-# endif
-  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
-     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
-  int has_arg;
-  int *flag;
-  int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
-
-# define no_argument		0
-# define required_argument	1
-# define optional_argument	2
-#endif	/* need getopt */
-
-
-/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
-   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
-   options given in OPTS.
-
-   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
-   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
-   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
-   returned.
-
-   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
-   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
-   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
-
-   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
-   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
-
-   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
-   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
-   options.
-
-   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
-   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
-   `getopt'.  */
-
-#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
-   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
-   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts);
-# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-
-# ifndef __need_getopt
-extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
-			const char *__shortopts,
-		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
-			     const char *__shortopts,
-		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
-
-/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
-			     const char *__shortopts,
-		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
-			     int __long_only);
-# endif
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-# ifndef __need_getopt
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-# endif
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
-#undef __need_getopt
-
-#endif /* getopt.h */
@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
-     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <getopt.h>
-#else
-# include "getopt.h"
-#endif
-
-#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
-/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
-   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
-   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
-   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
-   instead.  */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-libc_hidden_def (getopt_long)
-libc_hidden_def (getopt_long_only)
-# endif
-
-#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-      int option_index = 0;
-      static struct option long_options[] =
-      {
-	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
-	{0, 0, 0, 0}
-      };
-
-      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
-		       long_options, &option_index);
-      if (c == -1)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case 0:
-	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
-	  if (optarg)
-	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
-	  printf ("\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'd':
-	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
-
-/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
-# include <libintl.h>
-
-#else
-
-/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
-   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
-   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
-   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
-   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
-   is OK.  */
-#if defined(__sun)
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Disabled NLS.
-   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
-   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
-   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
-   contain "#define const".  */
-# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
-# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
-# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
-
-#endif
-
-/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
-   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
-   translation is done at a different place in the code.
-   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
-   and other string expressions won't work.
-   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
-   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
-#define gettext_noop(String) String
-
-#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
@@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
-/* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* A generic hash table package.  */
-
-/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
-   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
-
-#ifndef HASH_H_
-# define HASH_H_
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
-typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
-typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
-typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
-
-struct hash_entry
-  {
-    void *data;
-    struct hash_entry *next;
-  };
-
-struct hash_tuning
-  {
-    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
-       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
-
-    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
-    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
-    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
-    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
-    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
-  };
-
-typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
-
-struct hash_table;
-
-typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
-
-/* Information and lookup.  */
-unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
-void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
-
-/* Walking.  */
-void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
-unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
-unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
-
-/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
-unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
-void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
-Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
-				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
-				     Hash_data_freer));
-void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
-void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
-
-/* Insertion and deletion.  */
-bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
-void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
-void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
-
-#endif
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Functions to support link list bitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>

 /* This file implements linked-list bitsets.  These bitsets can be of
   arbitrary length and are more efficient than arrays of bits for
@@ -40,7 +41,10 @@
 /* Number of words to use for each element.  The larger the value the
   greater the size of the cache and the shorter the time to find a given bit
   but the more memory wasted for sparse bitsets and the longer the time
-   to search for set bits.  */
+   to search for set bits. 
+
+   The routines that dominate timing profiles are lbitset_elt_find
+   and lbitset_elt_link, especially when accessing the bits randomly.  */

 #define LBITSET_ELT_WORDS 2

@@ -50,7 +54,7 @@ typedef bitset_word lbitset_word;

 /* Number of bits stored in each element.  */
 #define LBITSET_ELT_BITS \
-  ((unsigned) (LBITSET_ELT_WORDS * LBITSET_WORD_BITS))
+  ((unsigned int) (LBITSET_ELT_WORDS * LBITSET_WORD_BITS))

 /* Lbitset element.   We use an array of bits for each element.
   These are linked together in a doubly-linked list.  */
@@ -71,10 +75,10 @@ static lbitset_elt lbitset_zero_elts[3]; /* Elements of all zero bits.  */

 /* Obstack to allocate bitset elements from.  */
 static struct obstack lbitset_obstack;
-static int lbitset_obstack_init = 0;
+static bool lbitset_obstack_init = false;
 static lbitset_elt *lbitset_free_list;	/* Free list of bitset elements.  */

-extern void debug_lbitset PARAMS ((bitset));
+extern void debug_lbitset (bitset);

 #define LBITSET_CURRENT1(X) \
  ((lbitset_elt *) (void *) ((char *) (X) - offsetof (lbitset_elt, words)))
@@ -99,7 +103,7 @@ lbitset_elt_alloc (void)
    {
      if (!lbitset_obstack_init)
 	{
-	  lbitset_obstack_init = 1;
+	  lbitset_obstack_init = true;

 	  /* Let particular systems override the size of a chunk.  */

@@ -123,9 +127,7 @@ lbitset_elt_alloc (void)

 	  obstack_specify_allocation (&lbitset_obstack, OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE,
 				      __alignof__ (lbitset_elt),
-				      (void *(*)PARAMS ((long)))
 				      OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC,
-				      (void (*)PARAMS ((void *)))
 				      OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE);
 	}

@@ -236,17 +238,17 @@ lbitset_prune (bitset bset, lbitset_elt *elt)
 }


-/* Return nonzero if all bits in an element are zero.  */
-static inline int
+/* Are all bits in an element zero?  */
+static inline bool
 lbitset_elt_zero_p (lbitset_elt *elt)
 {
  int i;

  for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
    if (elt->words[i])
-      return 0;
+      return false;

-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


@@ -412,8 +414,8 @@ lbitset_zero (bitset bset)
 }


-/* Return 1 if DST == SRC.  */
-static inline int
+/* Is DST == SRC?  */
+static inline bool
 lbitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt;
@@ -421,7 +423,7 @@ lbitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
  int j;

  if (src == dst)
-    return 1;
+    return true;

  lbitset_weed (src);
  lbitset_weed (dst);
@@ -429,11 +431,11 @@ lbitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
       selt && delt; selt = selt->next, delt = delt->next)
    {
      if (selt->index != delt->index)
-	return 0;
+	return false;

      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
 	if (delt->words[j] != selt->words[j])
-	  return 0;
+	  return false;
    }
  return !selt && !delt;
 }
@@ -480,13 +482,13 @@ lbitset_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
 }


-/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  Return non-zero if
+/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  Return true if
   bitsets different.  */
-static inline int
+static inline bool
 lbitset_copy_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  if (src == dst)
-    return 0;
+    return false;

  if (!LBITSET_HEAD (dst))
    {
@@ -495,28 +497,22 @@ lbitset_copy_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src)
    }

  if (lbitset_equal_p (dst, src))
-    return 0;
+    return false;

  lbitset_copy (dst, src);
-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


-/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
 static bitset_bindex
-lbitset_size (bitset src)
+lbitset_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex size)
 {
-  lbitset_elt *elt;
+    BITSET_NBITS_ (src) = size;

-  elt = LBITSET_TAIL (src);
-  if (!elt)
-    return 0;
-
-  /* Return current size of bitset in bits.  */
-  return (elt->index + LBITSET_ELT_WORDS) * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    /* Need to prune any excess bits.  FIXME.  */
+    return size;
 }

-
 /* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
 static void
 lbitset_set (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
@@ -547,16 +543,15 @@ lbitset_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)


 /* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
-static int
+static bool
 lbitset_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
 {
  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;

-  if (!lbitset_elt_find (src, windex, LBITSET_FIND))
-    return 0;
-
-  return (src->b.cdata[windex - src->b.cindex]
-	  >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+  return (lbitset_elt_find (src, windex, LBITSET_FIND)
+	  && ((src->b.cdata[windex - src->b.cindex]
+	       >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+	      & 1));
 }


@@ -865,16 +860,54 @@ lbitset_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
 }


-static int
+static bool
 lbitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
 {
-  lbitset_weed (dst);
-  if (LBITSET_HEAD (dst))
-      return 0;
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  lbitset_elt *next;
+
+  for (elt = LBITSET_HEAD (dst); elt; elt = next)
+    {
+      next = elt->next;
+      if (!lbitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
+	return 0;
+      /* Weed as we go.  */
+      lbitset_elt_unlink (dst, elt);
+    }
+
  return 1;
 }


+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last element are clear.  */
+static inline void
+lbitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;
+
+  n_bits = BITSET_SIZE_ (dst);
+  last_bit = n_bits % LBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+  
+  if (last_bit)
+    {
+      lbitset_elt *elt;
+      bitset_windex windex;
+      bitset_word *srcp;
+      
+      elt = LBITSET_TAIL (dst);
+      srcp = elt->words;
+      windex = n_bits / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  
+      srcp[windex - elt->index] &= ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;	  
+      windex++;
+
+      for (; (windex - elt->index) < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; windex++)
+	srcp[windex - elt->index] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
 static void
 lbitset_ones (bitset dst)
 {
@@ -886,18 +919,17 @@ lbitset_ones (bitset dst)
      bitset!  It makes a sparse bitset become dense.  An alternative
      is to have a flag that indicates that the bitset stores the
      complement of what it indicates.  */
-  elt = LBITSET_TAIL (dst);
-  /* Ignore empty set.  */
-  if (!elt)
-    return;

-  windex = elt->index;
+  windex = (BITSET_SIZE_ (dst) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
  for (i = 0; i < windex; i += LBITSET_ELT_WORDS)
    {
      /* Create new elements if they cannot be found.  */
      elt = lbitset_elt_find (dst, i, LBITSET_CREATE);
      memset (elt->words, -1, sizeof (elt->words));
    }
+
+  lbitset_unused_clear (dst);
 }


@@ -914,11 +946,9 @@ lbitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
  /* This is another unfriendly operation for a linked list
     bitset!  */
  elt = LBITSET_TAIL (dst);
-  /* Ignore empty set.  */
-  if (!elt)
-    return;

-  windex = elt->index;
+  windex = (BITSET_SIZE_ (dst) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
  for (i = 0; i < windex; i += LBITSET_ELT_WORDS)
    {
      /* Create new elements for dst if they cannot be found
@@ -929,13 +959,14 @@ lbitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
 	delt->words[j] = ~selt->words[j];
    }
+  lbitset_unused_clear (dst);
  lbitset_weed (dst);
  return;
 }


-/* Return 1 if DST == DST | SRC.  */
-static int
+/* Is DST == DST | SRC?  */
+static bool
 lbitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt;
@@ -965,14 +996,14 @@ lbitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)

      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
 	if (delt->words[j] != (selt->words[j] | delt->words[j]))
-	  return 0;
+	  return false;
    }
-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


-/* Return 1 if DST & SRC == 0.  */
-static int
+/* Is DST & SRC == 0?  */
+static bool
 lbitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt;
@@ -1001,13 +1032,13 @@ lbitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)

      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
 	if (selt->words[j] & delt->words[j])
-	  return 0;
+	  return false;
    }
-  return 1;
+  return true;
 }


-static int
+static bool
 lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
@@ -1022,7 +1053,7 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
  bitset_word *srcp1;
  bitset_word *srcp2;
  bitset_word *dstp;
-  int changed = 0;
+  bool changed = false;
  unsigned int i;

  LBITSET_HEAD (dst) = 0;
@@ -1066,7 +1097,7 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
 	 elements that we've skipped.  */
      while (delt && delt->index < windex)
 	{
-	  changed = 1;
+	  changed = true;
 	  dtmp = delt;
 	  delt = delt->next;
 	  lbitset_elt_free (dtmp);
@@ -1093,7 +1124,7 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1106,7 +1137,7 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1119,7 +1150,7 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1132,7 +1163,7 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)

 	      if (*dstp != tmp)
 		{
-		  changed = 1;
+		  changed = true;
 		  *dstp = tmp;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -1157,7 +1188,7 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
  /* If we have elements of DST left over, free them all.  */
  if (delt)
    {
-      changed = 1;
+      changed = true;
      lbitset_prune (dst, delt);
    }

@@ -1165,12 +1196,12 @@ lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 lbitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
  lbitset_elt *selt2 = LBITSET_HEAD (src2);
-  int changed;
+  bool changed;

  if (!selt2)
    {
@@ -1197,12 +1228,12 @@ lbitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 lbitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
  lbitset_elt *selt2 = LBITSET_HEAD (src2);
-  int changed;
+  bool changed;

  if (!selt2)
    {
@@ -1226,7 +1257,7 @@ lbitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 lbitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
@@ -1251,7 +1282,7 @@ lbitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 }


-static int
+static bool
 lbitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
 {
  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
@@ -1283,7 +1314,8 @@ struct bitset_vtable lbitset_vtable = {
  lbitset_reset,
  bitset_toggle_,
  lbitset_test,
-  lbitset_size,
+  lbitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
  bitset_count_,
  lbitset_empty_p,
  lbitset_ones,
@@ -1326,6 +1358,7 @@ lbitset_bytes (bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 bitset
 lbitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
 {
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (bset) = n_bits;
  bset->b.vtable = &lbitset_vtable;
  return bset;
 }
@@ -1337,7 +1370,7 @@ lbitset_release_memory (void)
  lbitset_free_list = 0;
  if (lbitset_obstack_init)
    {
-      lbitset_obstack_init = 0;
+      lbitset_obstack_init = false;
      obstack_free (&lbitset_obstack, NULL);
    }
 }
@@ -1355,7 +1388,7 @@ debug_lbitset (bitset bset)

  for (elt = LBITSET_HEAD (bset); elt; elt = elt->next)
    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "Elt %lu\n", (unsigned long) elt->index);
+      fprintf (stderr, "Elt %lu\n", (unsigned long int) elt->index);
      for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
 	{
 	  unsigned int j;
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Functions to support lbitsets.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,10 +21,10 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

 #include "bitset.h"

-extern size_t lbitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+extern size_t lbitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);

-extern bitset lbitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+extern bitset lbitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);

-extern void lbitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+extern void lbitset_release_memory (void);

 #endif
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Fake libiberty.h for Bison.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,35 +23,13 @@
 #ifndef BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_
 # define BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ 1

-# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-# endif
-# include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
-   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
 # ifndef __attribute__
 #  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
 #   define __attribute__(x)
 #  endif
 # endif

-# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
-#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
-#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
-# endif
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))

 # include "xalloc.h"

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
-   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-#undef malloc
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-char *malloc ();
-
-/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
-   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
-
-char *
-rpl_malloc (size_t n)
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;
-  return malloc (n);
-}
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "mbswidth.h"
-
-/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* Get isprint().  */
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
-#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
-# include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Get iswprint(), iswcntrl().  */
-#if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-# include <wctype.h>
-#endif
-#if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
-# define iswprint(wc) 1
-#endif
-#if !defined iswcntrl && !HAVE_ISWCNTRL
-# define iswcntrl(wc) 0
-#endif
-
-#ifndef mbsinit
-# if !HAVE_MBSINIT
-#  define mbsinit(ps) 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
-int wcwidth ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef wcwidth
-# if !HAVE_WCWIDTH
-/* wcwidth doesn't exist, so assume all printable characters have
-   width 1.  */
-#  define wcwidth(wc) ((wc) == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Get ISPRINT.  */
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-#undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
-#undef ISCNTRL
-#define ISCNTRL(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && iscntrl (c))
-
-/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
-   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
-   occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is specified, -1 is returned.
-   With flags = MBSW_REJECT_INVALID | MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE, this is
-   the multibyte analogon of the wcswidth function.  */
-int
-mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
-{
-  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
-}
-
-/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
-   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
-   non-printable character occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is
-   specified, -1 is returned.  */
-int
-mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
-{
-  const char *p = string;
-  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
-  int width;
-
-  width = 0;
-#if HAVE_MBRTOWC
-  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
-    {
-      while (p < plimit)
-	switch (*p)
-	  {
-	    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
-	    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
-	    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
-	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
-	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
-	    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
-	    case '?':
-	    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
-	    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
-	    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
-	    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
-	    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
-	    case 'Z':
-	    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
-	    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
-	    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
-	    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
-	    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
-	    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
-	    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
-	      /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
-	      p++;
-	      width++;
-	      break;
-	    default:
-	      /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
-	      {
-		mbstate_t mbstate;
-		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
-		do
-		  {
-		    wchar_t wc;
-		    size_t bytes;
-		    int w;
-
-		    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
-
-		    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
-		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
-		      {
-			if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
-			  {
-			    p++;
-			    width++;
-			    break;
-			  }
-			else
-			  return -1;
-		      }
-
-		    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
-		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
-		      {
-			if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
-			  {
-			    p = plimit;
-			    width++;
-			    break;
-			  }
-			else
-			  return -1;
-		      }
-
-		    if (bytes == 0)
-		      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
-		      bytes = 1;
-
-		    w = wcwidth (wc);
-		    if (w >= 0)
-		      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
-		      width += w;
-		    else
-		      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
-		      if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
-			width += (iswcntrl (wc) ? 0 : 1);
-		      else
-			return -1;
-
-		    p += bytes;
-		  }
-		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
-	      }
-	      break;
-	  }
-      return width;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  while (p < plimit)
-    {
-      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
-
-      if (ISPRINT (c))
-	width++;
-      else if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
-	width += (ISCNTRL (c) ? 0 : 1);
-      else
-	return -1;
-    }
-  return width;
-}
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
-
-/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete
-   character.  Otherwise, assume invalid characters have width 1.  */
-#define MBSW_REJECT_INVALID 1
-
-/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.
-   Otherwise, assume unprintable characters have width 0 if they are
-   control characters and 1 otherwise.  */
-#define MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE	2
-
-/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
-#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth  /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
-extern int mbswidth (const char *string, int flags);
-
-/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
-   starting at BUF.  */
-extern int mbsnwidth (const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags);
@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
-   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
-   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
-   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
-   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
-
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#undef __ptr_t
-#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-# define __ptr_t void *
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# define __ptr_t char *
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#if defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-# include <memcopy.h>
-#else
-# define reg_char char
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
-
-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <bp-sym.h>
-#else
-# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
-#endif
-
-#undef memchr
-#undef __memchr
-
-/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
-__ptr_t
-__memchr (s, c_in, n)
-     const __ptr_t s;
-     int c_in;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
-  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
-  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
-  unsigned reg_char c;
-
-  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
-
-  /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
-     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
-  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
-       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
-		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
-       --n, ++char_ptr)
-    if (*char_ptr == c)
-      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
-
-  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
-     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
-
-  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
-
-  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
-     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
-     each byte, with an extra at the end:
-
-     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
-     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
-
-     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
-     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
-
-  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
-    abort ();
-
-#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
-  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
-#else
-  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
-#endif
-
-  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
-  charmask = c | (c << 8);
-  charmask |= charmask << 16;
-#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
-  charmask |= charmask << 32;
-#endif
-
-  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
-     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
-     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
-  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
-    {
-      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
-	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
-
-	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
-	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
-	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
-	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
-	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
-	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
-	 detected.
-
-	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
-	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
-	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
-	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
-	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
-	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
-	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
-	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
-
-	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
-	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
-	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
-	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
-	 at bit 32!
-
-	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
-	 properly.
-
-	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
-	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
-	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
-	 into a zero.  */
-
-      longword = *longword_ptr++ ^ charmask;
-
-      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
-      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
-
-	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
-	    ^ ~longword)
-
-	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
-	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
-	      zero.  */
-	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
-	{
-	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
-	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
-
-	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) (longword_ptr - 1);
-
-	  if (cp[0] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
-	  if (cp[1] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
-	  if (cp[2] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
-	  if (cp[3] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
-#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
-	  if (cp[4] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
-	  if (cp[5] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
-	  if (cp[6] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
-	  if (cp[7] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
-#endif
-	}
-
-      n -= sizeof (longword);
-    }
-
-  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
-
-  while (n-- > 0)
-    {
-      if (*char_ptr == c)
-	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
-      else
-	++char_ptr;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
-#endif
@@ -1,386 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
-
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#undef	__ptr_t
-#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-# define __ptr_t	void *
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# undef	const
-# define const
-# define __ptr_t	char *
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#ifndef __P
-# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(args) args
-# else
-#  define __P(args) ()
-# endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#undef memcmp
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-
-# include <memcopy.h>
-# include <endian.h>
-
-# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
-#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-# endif
-
-#else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
-
-# include <sys/types.h>
-
-/* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
-   This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
-   and store.  Must be an unsigned type.  */
-# define op_t	unsigned long int
-# define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
-
-/* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops.  */
-# define OP_T_THRES	16
-
-/* Type to use for unaligned operations.  */
-typedef unsigned char byte;
-
-# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
-# else
-#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
-# endif
-
-#endif	/* In the GNU C library.  */
-
-#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
-#else
-# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
-#endif
-
-/* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE!  */
-
-/* The strategy of this memcmp is:
-
-   1. Compare bytes until one of the block pointers is aligned.
-
-   2. Compare using memcmp_common_alignment or
-      memcmp_not_common_alignment, regarding the alignment of the other
-      block after the initial byte operations.  The maximum number of
-      full words (of type op_t) are compared in this way.
-
-   3. Compare the few remaining bytes.  */
-
-#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-/* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
-   A and B are known to be different.
-   This is needed only on little-endian machines.  */
-
-static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
-
-# ifdef  __GNUC__
-__inline
-# endif
-static int
-memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
-{
-  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
-  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
-  op_t a0, b0;
-
-  do
-    {
-      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
-      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 += 1;
-      srcp2 += 1;
-    }
-  while (a0 == b0);
-  return a0 - b0;
-}
-#endif
-
-static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
-
-/* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
-   objects (not LEN bytes!).  Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
-   memory operations on `op_t's.  */
-#ifdef	__GNUC__
-__inline
-#endif
-static int
-memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
-{
-  op_t a0, a1;
-  op_t b0, b1;
-
-  switch (len % 4)
-    {
-    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
-    case 2:
-      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
-      len += 2;
-      goto do1;
-    case 3:
-      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 -= OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 -= OPSIZ;
-      len += 1;
-      goto do2;
-    case 0:
-      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
-	return 0;
-      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      goto do3;
-    case 1:
-      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 += OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 += OPSIZ;
-      len -= 1;
-      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
-	goto do0;
-      /* Fall through.  */
-    }
-
-  do
-    {
-      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      if (a1 != b1)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
-
-    do3:
-      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
-      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
-      if (a0 != b0)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
-
-    do2:
-      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
-      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
-      if (a1 != b1)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
-
-    do1:
-      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
-      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
-      if (a0 != b0)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
-
-      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
-      len -= 4;
-    }
-  while (len != 0);
-
-  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
-     it into the loop.  */
- do0:
-  if (a1 != b1)
-    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
-
-/* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
-   `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!).  SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
-   operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*.  */
-#ifdef	__GNUC__
-__inline
-#endif
-static int
-memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
-{
-  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
-  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
-  op_t x;
-  int shl, shr;
-
-  /* Calculate how to shift a word read at the memory operation
-     aligned srcp1 to make it aligned for comparison.  */
-
-  shl = 8 * (srcp1 % OPSIZ);
-  shr = 8 * OPSIZ - shl;
-
-  /* Make SRCP1 aligned by rounding it down to the beginning of the `op_t'
-     it points in the middle of.  */
-  srcp1 &= -OPSIZ;
-
-  switch (len % 4)
-    {
-    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
-    case 2:
-      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
-      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
-      len += 2;
-      goto do1;
-    case 3:
-      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
-      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp2 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
-      len += 1;
-      goto do2;
-    case 0:
-      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
-	return 0;
-      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
-      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 += 1 * OPSIZ;
-      goto do3;
-    case 1:
-      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
-      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 += 2 * OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 += 1 * OPSIZ;
-      len -= 1;
-      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
-	goto do0;
-      /* Fall through.  */
-    }
-
-  do
-    {
-      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
-      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
-      x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
-      if (x != b3)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
-
-    do3:
-      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
-      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
-      x = MERGE(a3, shl, a0, shr);
-      if (x != b0)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b0);
-
-    do2:
-      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
-      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
-      x = MERGE(a0, shl, a1, shr);
-      if (x != b1)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b1);
-
-    do1:
-      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
-      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
-      x = MERGE(a1, shl, a2, shr);
-      if (x != b2)
-	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b2);
-
-      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
-      len -= 4;
-    }
-  while (len != 0);
-
-  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
-     it into the loop.  */
- do0:
-  x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
-  if (x != b3)
-    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-int
-rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
-{
-  op_t a0;
-  op_t b0;
-  long int srcp1 = (long int) s1;
-  long int srcp2 = (long int) s2;
-  op_t res;
-
-  if (len >= OP_T_THRES)
-    {
-      /* There are at least some bytes to compare.  No need to test
-	 for LEN == 0 in this alignment loop.  */
-      while (srcp2 % OPSIZ != 0)
-	{
-	  a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
-	  b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
-	  srcp1 += 1;
-	  srcp2 += 1;
-	  res = a0 - b0;
-	  if (res != 0)
-	    return res;
-	  len -= 1;
-	}
-
-      /* SRCP2 is now aligned for memory operations on `op_t'.
-	 SRCP1 alignment determines if we can do a simple,
-	 aligned compare or need to shuffle bits.  */
-
-      if (srcp1 % OPSIZ == 0)
-	res = memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
-      else
-	res = memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
-      if (res != 0)
-	return res;
-
-      /* Number of bytes remaining in the interval [0..OPSIZ-1].  */
-      srcp1 += len & -OPSIZ;
-      srcp2 += len & -OPSIZ;
-      len %= OPSIZ;
-    }
-
-  /* There are just a few bytes to compare.  Use byte memory operations.  */
-  while (len != 0)
-    {
-      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
-      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
-      srcp1 += 1;
-      srcp2 += 1;
-      res = a0 - b0;
-      if (res != 0)
-	return res;
-      len -= 1;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef weak_alias
-# undef bcmp
-weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
-#endif
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
-   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
-   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
-   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
-   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#undef __ptr_t
-#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-# define __ptr_t void *
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# define __ptr_t char *
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC)
-# include <string.h>
-# include <memcopy.h>
-#else
-# define reg_char char
-#endif
-
-#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
-
-#ifndef LONG_MAX
-# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#undef __memrchr
-#undef memrchr
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __memrchr memrchr
-#endif
-
-/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
-__ptr_t
-__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
-     const __ptr_t s;
-     int c_in;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
-  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
-  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
-  unsigned reg_char c;
-
-  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
-
-  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
-     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
-  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
-       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
-		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
-       --n)
-    if (*--char_ptr == c)
-      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
-
-  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
-     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
-
-  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
-
-  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
-     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
-     each byte, with an extra at the end:
-
-     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
-     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
-
-     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
-     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
-
-  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
-    abort ();
-
-#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
-  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
-#else
-  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
-#endif
-
-  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
-  charmask = c | (c << 8);
-  charmask |= charmask << 16;
-#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
-  charmask |= charmask << 32;
-#endif
-
-  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
-     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
-     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
-  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
-    {
-      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
-	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
-
-	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
-	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
-	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
-	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
-	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
-	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
-	 detected.
-
-	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
-	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
-	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
-	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
-	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
-	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
-	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
-	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
-
-	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
-	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
-	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
-	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
-	 at bit 32!
-
-	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
-	 properly.
-
-	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
-	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
-	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
-	 into a zero.  */
-
-      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
-
-      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
-      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
-
-	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
-	    ^ ~longword)
-
-	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
-	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
-	      zero.  */
-	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
-	{
-	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
-	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
-
-	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
-
-#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
-	  if (cp[7] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
-	  if (cp[6] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
-	  if (cp[5] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
-	  if (cp[4] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
-#endif
-	  if (cp[3] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
-	  if (cp[2] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
-	  if (cp[1] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
-	  if (cp[0] == c)
-	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
-	}
-
-      n -= sizeof (longword);
-    }
-
-  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
-
-  while (n-- > 0)
-    {
-      if (*--char_ptr == c)
-	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
-#endif
@@ -1,616 +0,0 @@
-/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988-1994, 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "obstack.h"
-
-/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
-   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
-   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
-#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
-   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
-   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
-   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
-# include <gnu-versions.h>
-# if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#  define ELIDE_CODE
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
-# include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
-
-
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define POINTER void *
-# else
-#  define POINTER char *
-# endif
-
-/* Determine default alignment.  */
-struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
-# define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
-  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
-/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
-   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
-   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
-union fooround {long x; double d;};
-# define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
-
-/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
-   On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
-   in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works)
-   or `char' as a last resort.  */
-# ifndef COPYING_UNIT
-#  define COPYING_UNIT int
-# endif
-
-
-/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
-   jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
-   This can be set to a user defined function which should either
-   abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
-   variable by default points to the internal function
-   `print_and_abort'.  */
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-static void print_and_abort (void);
-void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
-# else
-static void print_and_abort ();
-void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
-# endif
-
-/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
-# if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || defined HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-# ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-#  define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-# endif
-int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
-
-/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
-   to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
-
-struct obstack *_obstack;
-
-/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free
-   calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface
-   (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg.
-   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
-   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
-
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
-  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
-   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
-   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
-
-#  define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
-  do { \
-    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
-      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
-    else \
-      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
-  } while (0)
-# else
-#  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
-  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
-   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
-   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) ()) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
-
-#  define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
-  do { \
-    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
-      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
-    else \
-      (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
-  } while (0)
-# endif
-
-
-/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
-   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
-   CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks,
-   and FREEFUN the function to free them.
-
-   Return nonzero if successful, calls obstack_alloc_failed_handler if
-   allocation fails.  */
-
-int
-_obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
-     struct obstack *h;
-     int size;
-     int alignment;
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
-     void (*freefun) (void *);
-# else
-     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
-     void (*freefun) ();
-# endif
-{
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
-
-  if (alignment == 0)
-    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
-  if (size == 0)
-    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
-    {
-      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
-	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
-	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
-	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
-	 allocated.
-
-	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
-	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
-      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
-		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
-		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
-      size = 4096 - extra;
-    }
-
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
-  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
-# else
-  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
-  h->freefun = freefun;
-# endif
-  h->chunk_size = size;
-  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
-  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
-
-  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
-  if (!chunk)
-    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
-  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
-  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
-    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
-  chunk->prev = 0;
-  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
-  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-int
-_obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
-     struct obstack *h;
-     int size;
-     int alignment;
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
-     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
-# else
-     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
-     void (*freefun) ();
-# endif
-     POINTER arg;
-{
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
-
-  if (alignment == 0)
-    alignment = (int) DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
-  if (size == 0)
-    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
-    {
-      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
-	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
-	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
-	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
-	 allocated.
-
-	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
-	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
-      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
-		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
-		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
-      size = 4096 - extra;
-    }
-
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
-  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
-# else
-  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
-  h->freefun = freefun;
-# endif
-  h->chunk_size = size;
-  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
-  h->extra_arg = arg;
-  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
-
-  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
-  if (!chunk)
-    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
-  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
-  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
-    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
-  chunk->prev = 0;
-  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
-  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
-   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
-   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
-   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
-   to the beginning of the new one.  */
-
-void
-_obstack_newchunk (h, length)
-     struct obstack *h;
-     int length;
-{
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
-  register long	new_size;
-  register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
-  register long i;
-  long already;
-  char *object_base;
-
-  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
-  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + h->alignment_mask + 100;
-  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
-    new_size = h->chunk_size;
-
-  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
-  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
-  if (!new_chunk)
-    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
-  h->chunk = new_chunk;
-  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
-  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
-
-  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
-  object_base =
-    __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (new_chunk->contents) + h->alignment_mask)
-		  & ~ (h->alignment_mask));
-
-  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
-     Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
-     is sufficiently aligned.  */
-  if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
-    {
-      for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
-	   i >= 0; i--)
-	((COPYING_UNIT *)object_base)[i]
-	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
-      /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
-	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
-	 which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS.  */
-      already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT);
-    }
-  else
-    already = 0;
-  /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
-  for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
-    object_base[i] = h->object_base[i];
-
-  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
-     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
-     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
-  if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object)
-    {
-      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
-      CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
-    }
-
-  h->object_base = object_base;
-  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
-  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
-  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
-}
-
-/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
-   This is here for debugging.
-   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
-
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
-   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
-int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
-# endif
-
-int
-_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
-     struct obstack *h;
-     POINTER obj;
-{
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
-
-  lp = (h)->chunk;
-  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
-     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
-     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
-    {
-      plp = lp->prev;
-      lp = plp;
-    }
-  return lp != 0;
-}
-
-/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
-   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
-
-# undef obstack_free
-
-/* This function has two names with identical definitions.
-   This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code.  */
-
-void
-_obstack_free (h, obj)
-     struct obstack *h;
-     POINTER obj;
-{
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
-
-  lp = h->chunk;
-  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
-     But there can be an empty object at that address
-     at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
-    {
-      plp = lp->prev;
-      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
-      lp = plp;
-      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
-	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
-      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
-    }
-  if (lp)
-    {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
-      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
-      h->chunk = lp;
-    }
-  else if (obj != 0)
-    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
-    abort ();
-}
-
-/* This function is used from ANSI code.  */
-
-void
-obstack_free (h, obj)
-     struct obstack *h;
-     POINTER obj;
-{
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
-
-  lp = h->chunk;
-  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
-     But there can be an empty object at that address
-     at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
-    {
-      plp = lp->prev;
-      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
-      lp = plp;
-      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
-	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
-      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
-    }
-  if (lp)
-    {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
-      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
-      h->chunk = lp;
-    }
-  else if (obj != 0)
-    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
-    abort ();
-}
-
-int
-_obstack_memory_used (h)
-     struct obstack *h;
-{
-  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
-  register int nbytes = 0;
-
-  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
-    {
-      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
-    }
-  return nbytes;
-}
-
-/* Define the error handler.  */
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  include <libintl.h>
-# else
-#  include "gettext.h"
-# endif
-# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-
-# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
-#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
-#  define fputs(s, f) _IO_fputs (s, f)
-# endif
-
-# ifndef __attribute__
-/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
-#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-static void
-__attribute__ ((noreturn))
-print_and_abort ()
-{
-  /* Don't change any of these strings.  Yes, it would be possible to add
-     the newline to the string and use fputs or so.  But this must not
-     happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places
-     like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating
-     a very similar string which requires a separate translation.  */
-# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
-  else
-# endif
-    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
-  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
-}
-
-# if 0
-/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
-   and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
-
-/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
-   Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
-
-#  if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
-   they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
-
-/* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent
-   the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there.  */
-
-POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-{
-  return obstack_base (obstack);
-}
-
-POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-{
-  return obstack_next_free (obstack);
-}
-
-int (obstack_object_size) (obstack)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-{
-  return obstack_object_size (obstack);
-}
-
-int (obstack_room) (obstack)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-{
-  return obstack_room (obstack);
-}
-
-int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     int length;
-{
-  return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
-}
-
-void (obstack_grow) (obstack, data, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     const POINTER data;
-     int length;
-{
-  obstack_grow (obstack, data, length);
-}
-
-void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, data, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     const POINTER data;
-     int length;
-{
-  obstack_grow0 (obstack, data, length);
-}
-
-void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     int character;
-{
-  obstack_1grow (obstack, character);
-}
-
-void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     int length;
-{
-  obstack_blank (obstack, length);
-}
-
-void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     int character;
-{
-  obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character);
-}
-
-void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     int length;
-{
-  obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length);
-}
-
-POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-{
-  return obstack_finish (obstack);
-}
-
-POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     int length;
-{
-  return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
-}
-
-POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, address, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     const POINTER address;
-     int length;
-{
-  return obstack_copy (obstack, address, length);
-}
-
-POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
-     struct obstack *obstack;
-     const POINTER address;
-     int length;
-{
-  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
-}
-
-#  endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-# endif /* 0 */
-
-#endif	/* !ELIDE_CODE */
@@ -1,609 +0,0 @@
-/* obstack.h - object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Summary:
-
-All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea
-is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a
-very specific set of problems, and they would run fast.
-Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be
-evaluated MANY times!!
-
-These macros operate a stack of objects.  Each object starts life
-small, and may grow to maturity.  (Consider building a word syllable
-by syllable.)  An object can move while it is growing.  Once it has
-been "finished" it never changes address again.  So the "top of the
-stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the
-stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects.
-
-These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you
-supply, called `obstack_chunk_alloc'.  On occasion, they free chunks,
-by calling `obstack_chunk_free'.  You must define them and declare
-them before using any obstack macros.
-
-Each independent stack is represented by a `struct obstack'.
-Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure
-as the first argument.
-
-One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings
-in symbol tables.  Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind"
--Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you
-would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your
-symbols.
-
-In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a
-few long symbols.  At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know
-how long it is.  One traditional method is to read a symbol into a
-buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol
-that is longer than the buffer.  This is beaut, but you still will
-want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent
-symbol-table entry say about half the time.
-
-With obstacks, you can work differently.  Use one obstack for all symbol
-names.  As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually.
-When the name is complete, finalize it.  Then, if the symbol exists already,
-free the newly read name.
-
-The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from
-low addresses.  When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just
-add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk.  When you
-have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol,
-you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object.
-Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk,
-because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as
-long as an average object.
-
-In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up
-the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed)
-so we just point to it where it lies.  No moving of chars is
-needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need
-never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not
-change its address during its lifetime.
-
-When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger
-chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old
-chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk.  We then carry on
-accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would.
-
-A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a
-growing object.  This allows the use of register variables, which
-break the ordinary 'growth' macro.
-
-Summary:
-	We allocate large chunks.
-	We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk.
-	Once carved, an object never moves.
-	We are free to append data of any size to the currently
-	  growing object.
-	Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time.
-	You can run one obstack per control block.
-	You may have as many control blocks as you dare.
-	Because of the way we do it, you can `unwind' an obstack
-	  back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much
-	  as you would with a stack.)
-*/
-
-
-/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
-
-#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
-#define _OBSTACK_H 1
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
-   because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
-   may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
-
-#ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
-# define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
-# define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
-#endif
-
-/* We need the type of the resulting object.  If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is
-   defined, as with GNU C, use that; that way we don't pollute the
-   namespace with <stddef.h>'s symbols.  Otherwise, if <stddef.h> is
-   available, include it and use ptrdiff_t.  In traditional C, long is
-   the best that we can do.  */
-
-#ifdef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
-# define PTR_INT_TYPE __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
-#else
-# ifdef HAVE_STDDEF_H
-#  include <stddef.h>
-#  define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
-# else
-#  define PTR_INT_TYPE long
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-# define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
-#else
-# ifdef memcpy
-#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
-# else
-#  define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N))
-# endif
-#endif
-
-struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
-{
-  char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
-  struct _obstack_chunk *prev;	/* address of prior chunk or NULL */
-  char	contents[4];		/* objects begin here */
-};
-
-struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
-{
-  long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
-  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
-  char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
-  char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
-  char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
-  PTR_INT_TYPE temp;		/* Temporary for some macros.  */
-  int   alignment_mask;		/* Mask of alignment for each object. */
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-  /* These prototypes vary based on `use_extra_arg', and we use
-     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
-     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
-  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
-  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
-  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
-#else
-  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
-  void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
-  char *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
-#endif
-  unsigned use_extra_arg:1;	/* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
-  unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
-				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
-				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
-				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
-  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* No longer used, as we now call the failed
-				   handler on error, but retained for binary
-				   compatibility.  */
-};
-
-/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
-
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
-extern void _obstack_free (struct obstack *, void *);
-extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
-			    void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
-extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
-			     void *(*) (void *, long),
-			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
-extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
-#else
-extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
-extern void _obstack_free ();
-extern int _obstack_begin ();
-extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
-extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
-#endif
-
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-
-/* Do the function-declarations after the structs
-   but before defining the macros.  */
-
-void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
-
-void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
-
-void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
-void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
-
-void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
-
-void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
-
-void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
-void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
-
-void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
-void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
-
-void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
-
-int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
-
-int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
-void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
-void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
-void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
-void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
-
-void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
-void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
-int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
-int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
-int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
-
-#endif /* __STDC__ */
-
-/* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
-   so we do not declare them.  */
-
-/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
-   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function which
-   should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't
-   return.  The default action is to print a message and abort.  */
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
-#else
-extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
-#endif
-
-/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
-extern int obstack_exit_failure;
-
-/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
-   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
-   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
-
-#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base)
-
-/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
-
-#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size)
-
-/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
-
-#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->next_free)
-
-/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
-
-#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
-
-/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list in
-   standard C version.  */
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-
-# define obstack_init(h)					\
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,					\
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
-		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
-
-# define obstack_begin(h, size)					\
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,				\
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
-		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
-
-# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
-		  (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), 			   \
-		  (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
-
-# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
-		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun),		\
-		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
-
-# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
-  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun))
-
-# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
-  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun))
-
-#else
-
-# define obstack_init(h)						\
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,						\
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, 			\
-		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
-
-# define obstack_begin(h, size)						\
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,					\
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc,			\
-		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
-
-# define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
-		  (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				   \
-		  (void (*) ()) (freefun))
-
-# define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
-		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				\
-		    (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
-
-# define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
-  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
-
-# define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
-  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)()) (newfreefun))
-
-#endif
-
-#define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
-
-#define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
-
-#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
-
-#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
-   does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
-   __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__)
-#  define __extension__
-# endif
-
-/* For GNU C, if not -traditional,
-   we can define these macros to compute all args only once
-   without using a global variable.
-   Also, we can avoid using the `temp' slot, to make faster code.  */
-
-# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
-  __extension__								\
-  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-     (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
-
-# define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
-  __extension__								\
-  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-     (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
-
-# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)				\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   int __len = (length);						\
-   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
-     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   (void) 0; })
-
-# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)					\
-  __extension__								\
-  ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-     (__o->chunk->prev == 0 && __o->next_free - __o->chunk->contents == 0); })
-
-# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   int __len = (length);						\
-   if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
-     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
-   __o->next_free += __len;						\
-   (void) 0; })
-
-# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   int __len = (length);						\
-   if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
-     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
-   __o->next_free += __len;						\
-   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
-   (void) 0; })
-
-# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
-     _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
-   *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
-   (void) 0; })
-
-/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
-   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
-   shares that much alignment.  */
-
-# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
-     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
-   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
-   (void) 0; })
-
-# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
-     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
-   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
-   (void) 0; })
-
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
-  (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
-
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
-  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
-
-# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   int __len = (length);						\
-   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
-     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   __o->next_free += __len;						\
-   (void) 0; })
-
-# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
-   obstack_blank (__h, (length));					\
-   obstack_finish (__h); })
-
-# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
-   obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length));				\
-   obstack_finish (__h); })
-
-# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);					\
-   obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length));				\
-   obstack_finish (__h); })
-
-/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict
-   when obstack_blank is called.  */
-# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK)  					\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
-   void *value;								\
-   value = (void *) __o1->object_base;					\
-   if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
-     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
-   __o1->next_free							\
-     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
-		     & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
-   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk				\
-       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
-     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
-   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;					\
-   value; })
-
-# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
-__extension__								\
-({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-   void *__obj = (OBJ);							\
-   if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit)  \
-     __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *)__obj;			\
-   else (obstack_free) (__o, __obj); })
-
-#else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
-
-# define obstack_object_size(h) \
- (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
-
-# define obstack_room(h)		\
- (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
-
-# define obstack_empty_p(h) \
- ((h)->chunk->prev == 0 && (h)->next_free - (h)->chunk->contents == 0)
-
-/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
-   so that we can avoid having void expressions
-   in the arms of the conditional expression.
-   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
-   but some compilers won't accept it.  */
-
-# define obstack_make_room(h,length)					\
-( (h)->temp = (length),							\
-  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
-   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0))
-
-# define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
-( (h)->temp = (length),							\
-  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
-   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
-  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
-
-# define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
-( (h)->temp = (length),							\
-  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
-   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
-  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
-  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
-
-# define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
-( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
-   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
-  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum)))
-
-# define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
-( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
-   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
-  (*((const char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = (datum)))
-
-# define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
-( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
-   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
-  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = (datum)))
-
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
-  (*((const char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
-
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
-  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
-
-# define obstack_blank(h,length)					\
-( (h)->temp = (length),							\
-  (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
-   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp))
-
-# define obstack_alloc(h,length)					\
- (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
-
-# define obstack_copy(h,where,length)					\
- (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
-
-# define obstack_copy0(h,where,length)					\
- (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
-
-# define obstack_finish(h)  						\
-( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
-   ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
-   : 0),								\
-  (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
-  (h)->next_free							\
-    = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
-		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
-  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk				\
-    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
-   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
-  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
-  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))
-
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
-  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
-   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
-	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
-   : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
-# else
-#  define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
-  (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
-   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
-	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
-   : (_obstack_free ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0)))
-# endif
-
-#endif /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}	/* C++ */
-#endif
-
-#endif /* obstack.h */
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/* quote.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include "quotearg.h"
-#include "quote.h"
-
-/* Return an unambiguous printable representated, allocated in slot N,
-   for NAME, suitable for diagnostics.  */
-char const *
-quote_n (int n, char const *name)
-{
-  return quotearg_n_style (n, locale_quoting_style, name);
-}
-
-/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of NAME, suitable
-   for diagnostics.  */
-char const *
-quote (char const *name)
-{
-  return quote_n (0, name);
-}
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-char const *quote_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *name));
-char const *quote PARAMS ((char const *name));
@@ -1,630 +0,0 @@
-/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "quotearg.h"
-
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-#define N_(msgid) msgid
-
-#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
-
-/* BSD/OS 4.1 wchar.h requires FILE and struct tm to be declared.  */
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <time.h>
-
-# include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
-/* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
-   other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
-   syntax.  */
-# undef MB_CUR_MAX
-# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
-# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
-# define iswprint(wc) isprint ((unsigned char) (wc))
-# undef HAVE_MBSINIT
-#endif
-
-#if !defined mbsinit && !HAVE_MBSINIT
-# define mbsinit(ps) 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef iswprint
-# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-#  include <wctype.h>
-# endif
-# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
-#  define iswprint(wc) 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
-
-struct quoting_options
-{
-  /* Basic quoting style.  */
-  enum quoting_style style;
-
-  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
-     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
-  int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
-};
-
-/* Names of quoting styles.  */
-char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
-{
-  "literal",
-  "shell",
-  "shell-always",
-  "c",
-  "escape",
-  "locale",
-  "clocale",
-  0
-};
-
-/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
-enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
-{
-  literal_quoting_style,
-  shell_quoting_style,
-  shell_always_quoting_style,
-  c_quoting_style,
-  escape_quoting_style,
-  locale_quoting_style,
-  clocale_quoting_style
-};
-
-/* The default quoting options.  */
-static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
-
-/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
-   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
-struct quoting_options *
-clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
-{
-  int e = errno;
-  struct quoting_options *p = xmalloc (sizeof *p);
-  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
-  errno = e;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
-enum quoting_style
-get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
-{
-  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
-}
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
-void
-set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
-{
-  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
-}
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
-   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
-   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
-   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
-int
-set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
-{
-  unsigned char uc = c;
-  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
-  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
-  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
-  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
-  return r;
-}
-
-/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
-   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.  */
-static char const *
-gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
-{
-  char const *translation = _(msgid);
-  if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
-    translation = "\"";
-  return translation;
-}
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
-   non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
-
-   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
-   ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
-   style specified by O, and O may not be null.  */
-
-static size_t
-quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-			  char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-			  enum quoting_style quoting_style,
-			  struct quoting_options const *o)
-{
-  size_t i;
-  size_t len = 0;
-  char const *quote_string = 0;
-  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
-  int backslash_escapes = 0;
-  int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
-
-#define STORE(c) \
-    do \
-      { \
-	if (len < buffersize) \
-	  buffer[len] = (c); \
-	len++; \
-      } \
-    while (0)
-
-  switch (quoting_style)
-    {
-    case c_quoting_style:
-      STORE ('"');
-      backslash_escapes = 1;
-      quote_string = "\"";
-      quote_string_len = 1;
-      break;
-
-    case escape_quoting_style:
-      backslash_escapes = 1;
-      break;
-
-    case locale_quoting_style:
-    case clocale_quoting_style:
-      {
-	/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
-
-	   The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
-	   quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
-	   "'".  If the catalog has no translation,
-	   locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
-	   clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
-
-	   For example, an American English Unicode locale should
-	   translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
-	   should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
-	   MARK).  A British English Unicode locale should instead
-	   translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
-	   U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.  */
-
-	char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
-	char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
-	for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
-	  STORE (*quote_string);
-	backslash_escapes = 1;
-	quote_string = right;
-	quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case shell_always_quoting_style:
-      STORE ('\'');
-      quote_string = "'";
-      quote_string_len = 1;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
-    {
-      unsigned char c;
-      unsigned char esc;
-
-      if (backslash_escapes
-	  && quote_string_len
-	  && i + quote_string_len <= argsize
-	  && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
-	STORE ('\\');
-
-      c = arg[i];
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '\0':
-	  if (backslash_escapes)
-	    {
-	      STORE ('\\');
-	      STORE ('0');
-	      STORE ('0');
-	      c = '0';
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  switch (quoting_style)
-	    {
-	    case shell_quoting_style:
-	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-
-	    case c_quoting_style:
-	      if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
-		switch (arg[i + 2])
-		  {
-		  case '!': case '\'':
-		  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
-		  case '<': case '=': case '>':
-		    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
-		       a trigraph.  */
-		    c = arg[i + 2];
-		    i += 2;
-		    STORE ('?');
-		    STORE ('\\');
-		    STORE ('?');
-		    break;
-		  }
-	      break;
-
-	    default:
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '\a': esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-
-	c_and_shell_escape:
-	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
-	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-	c_escape:
-	  if (backslash_escapes)
-	    {
-	      c = esc;
-	      goto store_escape;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '#': case '~':
-	  if (i != 0)
-	    break;
-	  /* Fall through.  */
-	case ' ':
-	case '!': /* special in bash */
-	case '"': case '$': case '&':
-	case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
-	case '<': case '>': case '[':
-	case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
-	case '`': case '|':
-	  /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
-	     be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
-	     we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
-	     doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
-	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
-	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-	  break;
-
-	case '\'':
-	  switch (quoting_style)
-	    {
-	    case shell_quoting_style:
-	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-
-	    case shell_always_quoting_style:
-	      STORE ('\'');
-	      STORE ('\\');
-	      STORE ('\'');
-	      break;
-
-	    default:
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
-	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
-	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':': case '=':
-	case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
-	case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
-	case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
-	case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
-	case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
-	case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
-	case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
-	case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
-	case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
-	case '{': case '}':
-	  /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
-	     quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.  */
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
-	     its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
-	     state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
-	     unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
-	     we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
-	  {
-	    /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
-	    size_t m;
-
-	    int printable;
-
-	    if (unibyte_locale)
-	      {
-		m = 1;
-		printable = isprint (c);
-	      }
-	    else
-	      {
-		mbstate_t mbstate;
-		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
-
-		m = 0;
-		printable = 1;
-		if (argsize == SIZE_MAX)
-		  argsize = strlen (arg);
-
-		do
-		  {
-		    wchar_t w;
-		    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
-					    argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
-		    if (bytes == 0)
-		      break;
-		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
-		      {
-			printable = 0;
-			break;
-		      }
-		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
-		      {
-			printable = 0;
-			while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
-			  m++;
-			break;
-		      }
-		    else
-		      {
-			if (! iswprint (w))
-			  printable = 0;
-			m += bytes;
-		      }
-		  }
-		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
-	      }
-
-	    if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
-	      {
-		/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
-		   unprintable unibyte character.  */
-		size_t ilim = i + m;
-
-		for (;;)
-		  {
-		    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
-		      {
-			STORE ('\\');
-			STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
-			STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
-			c = '0' + (c & 7);
-		      }
-		    if (ilim <= i + 1)
-		      break;
-		    STORE (c);
-		    c = arg[++i];
-		  }
-
-		goto store_c;
-	      }
-	  }
-	}
-
-      if (! (backslash_escapes
-	     && o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
-	goto store_c;
-
-    store_escape:
-      STORE ('\\');
-
-    store_c:
-      STORE (c);
-    }
-
-  if (quote_string)
-    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
-      STORE (*quote_string);
-
-  if (len < buffersize)
-    buffer[len] = '\0';
-  return len;
-
- use_shell_always_quoting_style:
-  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
-				   shell_always_quoting_style, o);
-}
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
-   If O is null, use the default.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
-size_t
-quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-		 struct quoting_options const *o)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
-  int e = errno;
-  size_t r = quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
-				       p->style, p);
-  errno = e;
-  return r;
-}
-
-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
-   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
-   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
-   The returned value points to static storage that can be
-   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
-   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
-static char *
-quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-		    struct quoting_options const *options)
-{
-  int e = errno;
-
-  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
-     one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
-  static char slot0[256];
-  static unsigned int nslots = 1;
-  unsigned int n0 = n;
-  struct slotvec
-    {
-      size_t size;
-      char *val;
-    };
-  static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
-  static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
-
-  if (n < 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  if (nslots <= n0)
-    {
-      unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
-      size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
-
-      if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
-	  && n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
-	xalloc_die ();
-
-      if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
-	{
-	  slotvec = xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
-	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
-	}
-      slotvec = xrealloc (slotvec, s);
-      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
-      nslots = n1;
-    }
-
-  {
-    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
-    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
-    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
-
-    if (size <= qsize)
-      {
-	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
-	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
-	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
-      }
-
-    errno = e;
-    return val;
-  }
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &default_quoting_options);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg (char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
-}
-
-/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
-static struct quoting_options
-quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
-{
-  struct quoting_options o;
-  o.style = style;
-  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
-  return o;
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &o);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
-		      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
-{
-  struct quoting_options options;
-  options = default_quoting_options;
-  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
-  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, SIZE_MAX, &options);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
-}
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
-
-#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
-# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
-
-# include <stddef.h>
-
-/* Basic quoting styles.  */
-enum quoting_style
-  {
-    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
-    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
-    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
-    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
-    escape_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=escape */
-    locale_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=locale */
-    clocale_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=clocale */
-  };
-
-/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */
-# ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
-#  define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
-# endif
-
-/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
-extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
-extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
-
-struct quoting_options;
-
-/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
-   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
-
-/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
-   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
-struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o);
-
-/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
-enum quoting_style get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o);
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
-void set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s);
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
-   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
-   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
-   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
-int set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i);
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
-   If O is null, use the default.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
-size_t quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-			char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-			struct quoting_options const *o);
-
-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
-   Use the default quoting options.
-   The returned value points to static storage that can be
-   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  */
-char *quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg);
-
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
-char *quotearg (char const *arg);
-
-/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
-   This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
-   options to specify the quoting method.  */
-char *quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
-
-/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
-   argument ARG of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n_style
-   (N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
-char *quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
-			    char const *arg, size_t argsize);
-
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
-char *quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
-
-/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
-char *quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch);
-
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
-char *quotearg_colon (char const *arg);
-
-#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-#undef realloc
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-char *malloc ();
-char *realloc ();
-
-/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
-   with error checking.  If N is zero, change it to 1.  If P is NULL,
-   use malloc.  */
-
-char *
-rpl_realloc (p, n)
-     char *p;
-     size_t n;
-{
-  if (n == 0)
-    n = 1;
-  if (p == 0)
-    return malloc (n);
-  return realloc (p, n);
-}
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#undef __stpcpy
-#undef stpcpy
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __stpcpy stpcpy
-#endif
-
-/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
-char *
-__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
-{
-  register char *d = dest;
-  register const char *s = src;
-
-  do
-    *d++ = *s;
-  while (*s++ != '\0');
-
-  return d - 1;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
-#endif
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
-# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
-# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
-# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
-#else
-# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
-# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
-# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
-
-/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
-   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
-   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
-   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
-
-int
-STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
-{
-  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
-  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
-  unsigned char c1, c2;
-
-  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
-    return 0;
-
-  do
-    {
-      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
-      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
-
-      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
-	break;
-
-      ++p1;
-      ++p2;
-    }
-  while (c1 == c2);
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-}
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-char *
-strchr (const char *s, int c)
-{
-  return index (s, c);
-}
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-#define LENGTH_LIMIT
-#include "strcasecmp.c"
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
-#  include <memory.h>
-# endif
-/* Temporarily redefine strnlen so that an inconsistent prototype
-   (on at least AIX4.3.2.0 w/gcc-2.95.3) doesn't cause trouble.  */
-# define strnlen system_strnlen
-# include <string.h>
-# undef strnlen
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
-char *memchr ();
-#endif
-
-#undef __strnlen
-#undef strnlen
-
-#ifndef weak_alias
-# define __strnlen strnlen
-#endif
-
-/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN.  */
-
-size_t
-__strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
-{
-  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
-  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
-}
-#ifdef weak_alias
-weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)
-#endif
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-/* Portable version of strrchr().
-   This function is in the public domain. */
-
-/*
-
-@deftypefn Supplemental char* strrchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
-
-Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
-the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
-null character, the results are undefined.
-
-@end deftypefn
-
-*/
-
-#include <ansidecl.h>
-
-char *
-strrchr (s, c)
-  register const char *s;
-  int c;
-{
-  char *rtnval = 0;
-
-  do {
-    if (*s == c)
-      rtnval = (char*) s;
-  } while (*s++);
-  return (rtnval);
-}
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
-   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#undef strspn
-
-/* Return the length of the maximum initial segment
-   of S which contains only characters in ACCEPT.  */
-size_t
-strspn (s, accept)
-     const char *s;
-     const char *accept;
-{
-  const char *p;
-  const char *a;
-  size_t count = 0;
-
-  for (p = s; *p != '\0'; ++p)
-    {
-      for (a = accept; *a != '\0'; ++a)
-	if (*p == *a)
-	  break;
-      if (*a == '\0')
-	return count;
-      else
-	++count;
-    }
-
-  return count;
-}
@@ -1,472 +0,0 @@
-/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
-# define STDC_HEADERS
-# define HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#ifndef __set_errno
-# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stddef.h>
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# ifndef NULL
-#  define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
-   unsigned integers.  */
-#ifndef UNSIGNED
-# define UNSIGNED 0
-# define INT LONG int
-#else
-# define INT unsigned LONG int
-#endif
-
-/* Determine the name.  */
-#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-# if UNSIGNED
-#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
-#   else
-#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
-#   endif
-#  else
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol __strtoull_l
-#   else
-#    define strtol __strtoul_l
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# else
-#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
-#   else
-#    define strtol __wcstol_l
-#   endif
-#  else
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol __strtoll_l
-#   else
-#    define strtol __strtol_l
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#else
-# if UNSIGNED
-#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol wcstoull
-#   else
-#    define strtol wcstoul
-#   endif
-#  else
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol strtoull
-#   else
-#    define strtol strtoul
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# else
-#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol wcstoll
-#   else
-#    define strtol wcstol
-#   endif
-#  else
-#   ifdef QUAD
-#    define strtol strtoll
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
-   operating on `long long int's.  */
-#ifdef QUAD
-# define LONG long long
-# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
-# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
-# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
-
-/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
-   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
-# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
-#  define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
-# endif
-# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
-#  define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
-				? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
-				: (t) 0))
-# endif
-# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
-#  define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
-#  define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
-# endif
-# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
-#  define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
-# endif
-# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
-#  define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
-# endif
-
-# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
-   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
-   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
-#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
-#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
-# endif
-#else
-# define LONG long
-
-# ifndef ULONG_MAX
-#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
-# endif
-# ifndef LONG_MAX
-#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
-# endif
-# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
-# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
-# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
-#endif
-
-
-/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
-   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
-   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
-   macro.  */
-#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-# undef _NL_CURRENT
-# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
-  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
-# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
-#else
-# define LOCALE_PARAM
-# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
-# include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
-# include <wctype.h>
-# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
-# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
-# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
-# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
-#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
-#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
-# else
-#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
-#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
-#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
-# endif
-#else
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
-#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-# else
-#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-# define L_(Ch) Ch
-# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
-# define STRING_TYPE char
-# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
-#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
-#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
-# else
-#  define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
-#  define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
-#  define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* For compilers which are ansi but don't define __STDC__, like SGI
-   Irix-4.0.5 cc, also check whether PROTOTYPES is defined. */
-#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
-# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
-# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
-# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
-#else
-# define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal
-#endif
-
-#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
-/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
-# include "grouping.h"
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
-   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
-   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
-   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
-   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
-   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
-
-INT
-INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM)
-     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
-     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
-     int base;
-     int group;
-     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-{
-  int negative;
-  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
-  register unsigned int cutlim;
-  register unsigned LONG int i;
-  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
-  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
-  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
-  int overflow;
-
-#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
-# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
-  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
-# endif
-  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
-  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
-  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
-     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
-  const char *grouping;
-
-  if (group)
-    {
-      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
-      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
-	grouping = NULL;
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
-# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
-	  thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
-	  if (thousands == WEOF)
-	    thousands = L'\0';
-# endif
-	  if (thousands == L'\0')
-	    grouping = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    grouping = NULL;
-#endif
-
-  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
-    {
-      __set_errno (EINVAL);
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-  save = s = nptr;
-
-  /* Skip white space.  */
-  while (ISSPACE (*s))
-    ++s;
-  if (*s == L_('\0'))
-    goto noconv;
-
-  /* Check for a sign.  */
-  if (*s == L_('-'))
-    {
-      negative = 1;
-      ++s;
-    }
-  else if (*s == L_('+'))
-    {
-      negative = 0;
-      ++s;
-    }
-  else
-    negative = 0;
-
-  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
-  if (*s == L_('0'))
-    {
-      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
-	{
-	  s += 2;
-	  base = 16;
-	}
-      else if (base == 0)
-	base = 8;
-    }
-  else if (base == 0)
-    base = 10;
-
-  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
-  save = s;
-
-#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
-  if (group)
-    {
-      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
-      end = s;
-      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
-	if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
-	    && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
-	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
-	  break;
-      if (*s == thousands)
-	end = s;
-      else
-	end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
-    }
-  else
-#endif
-    end = NULL;
-
-  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
-  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
-
-  overflow = 0;
-  i = 0;
-  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
-    {
-      if (s == end)
-	break;
-      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
-	c -= L_('0');
-      else if (ISALPHA (c))
-	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
-      else
-	break;
-      if ((int) c >= base)
-	break;
-      /* Check for overflow.  */
-      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
-	overflow = 1;
-      else
-	{
-	  i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
-	  i += c;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
-  if (s == save)
-    goto noconv;
-
-  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
-     past the last character we converted.  */
-  if (endptr != NULL)
-    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
-
-#if !UNSIGNED
-  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
-     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
-  if (overflow == 0
-      && i > (negative
-	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
-	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
-    overflow = 1;
-#endif
-
-  if (overflow)
-    {
-      __set_errno (ERANGE);
-#if UNSIGNED
-      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
-#else
-      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
-#endif
-    }
-
-  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
-  return negative ? -i : i;
-
-noconv:
-  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
-     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
-     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
-     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
-  if (endptr != NULL)
-    {
-      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
-	  && save[-2] == L_('0'))
-	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
-      else
-	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
-	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
-    }
-
-  return 0L;
-}
-
-/* External user entry point.  */
-
-#if _LIBC - 0 == 0
-# undef PARAMS
-# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-
-/* Prototype.  */
-INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base));
-#endif
-
-
-INT
-#ifdef weak_function
-weak_function
-#endif
-strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM)
-     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
-     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
-     int base;
-     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
-{
-  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
-}
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#define UNSIGNED	1
-
-#include "strtol.c"
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Subprocesses with pipes.

-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,30 +23,16 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-# include <sys/types.h>
-#endif
+#include "subpipe.h"

 #include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif

 #include <signal.h>
 #if ! defined SIGCHLD && defined SIGCLD
 # define SIGCHLD SIGCLD
 #endif

-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
-   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
-   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
-#if ! EXIT_FAILURE
-# undef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>

 #if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
@@ -86,8 +72,6 @@ extern int errno;
 #include "gettext.h"
 #define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)

-#include "subpipe.h"
-

 /* Initialize this module.  */

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Subprocesses with pipes.
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.

@@ -21,6 +21,10 @@
 /* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]>
   and Florian Krohm <florian@edamail.fishkill.ibm.com>.  */

+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
 void init_subpipe (void);
 pid_t create_subpipe (char const * const *, int[2]);
 void reap_subpipe (pid_t, char const *);
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
-   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>

 This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
@@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ struct tms
 #endif

 #if defined HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE && !HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE
-extern int getrusage PARAMS ((int, struct rusage *));
+extern int getrusage (int, struct rusage *);
 #endif
 #if defined HAVE_DECL_TIMES && !HAVE_DECL_TIMES
-extern clock_t times PARAMS ((struct tms *));
+extern clock_t times (struct tms *);
 #endif
 #if defined HAVE_DECL_CLOCK && !HAVE_DECL_CLOCK
-extern clock_t clock PARAMS ((void));
+extern clock_t clock (void);
 #endif

 #ifndef RUSAGE_SELF
@@ -187,11 +187,10 @@ static struct timevar_stack_def *unused_stack_instances;
   element.  */
 static struct timevar_time_def start_time;

-static void get_time
-  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *));
-static void timevar_accumulate
-  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *, struct timevar_time_def *,
-	   struct timevar_time_def *));
+static void get_time (struct timevar_time_def *);
+static void timevar_accumulate (struct timevar_time_def *,
+				struct timevar_time_def *,
+				struct timevar_time_def *);

 /* Fill the current times into TIME.  The definition of this function
   also defines any or all of the HAVE_USER_TIME, HAVE_SYS_TIME, and
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
-   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>

   This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
@@ -76,17 +76,17 @@ typedef enum
 timevar_id_t;
 #undef DEFTIMEVAR

-extern void init_timevar PARAMS ((void));
-extern void timevar_push PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
-extern void timevar_pop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
-extern void timevar_start PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
-extern void timevar_stop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
-extern void timevar_get PARAMS ((timevar_id_t, struct timevar_time_def *));
-extern void timevar_print PARAMS ((FILE *));
+extern void init_timevar (void);
+extern void timevar_push (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_pop (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_start (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_stop (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_get (timevar_id_t, struct timevar_time_def *);
+extern void timevar_print (FILE *);

 /* Provided for backward compatibility.  */
-extern long get_run_time PARAMS ((void));
-extern void print_time PARAMS ((const char *, long));
+extern long get_run_time (void);
+extern void print_time (const char *, long);

 extern int timevar_report;

@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/* Prefer faster, non-thread-safe stdio functions if available.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
-
-#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
-# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
-
-# ifndef USE_UNLOCKED_IO
-#  define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
-# endif
-
-# if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
-
-/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from GNU libc.
-   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
-   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
-   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.  */
-
-#  if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
-#   undef clearerr
-#   define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
-#   undef feof
-#   define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
-#   undef ferror
-#   define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
-#   undef fflush
-#   define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
-#   undef fgets
-#   define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
-#   undef fputc
-#   define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
-#   undef fputs
-#   define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
-#   undef fread
-#   define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
-#   undef fwrite
-#   define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
-#   undef getc
-#   define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
-#   undef getchar
-#   define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
-#   undef putc
-#   define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
-#  endif
-#  if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
-#   undef putchar
-#   define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
-#  endif
-
-# endif /* USE_UNLOCKED_IO */
-#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Functions to support vbitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _VBITSET_H
+#define _VBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t vbitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);
+
+extern bitset vbitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+#endif
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef XALLOC_H_
-# define XALLOC_H_
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef __attribute__
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#   define __attribute__(x)
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
-#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
-# endif
-
-/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   It is initialized to EXIT_FAILURE, but the caller may set it to
-   some other value.  */
-extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
-
-/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
-   allocation failure.  It is initialized to zero. */
-extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
-   message is output.  It is translated via gettext.
-   Its value is "memory exhausted".  */
-extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
-
-/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.  It is
-   in charge of honoring the three previous items.  This is the
-   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
-   memory allocation failure.  */
-extern void xalloc_die PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
-
-void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
-void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
-void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
-char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-# define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
-# define XCALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_items)))
-# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
-  ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
-
-/* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
-# define NEW(Type, Var)  Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
-
-/* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
-# define XFREE(Var)	\
-   do {                 \
-      if (Var)          \
-        free (Var);     \
-   } while (0)
-
-/* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
-# define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
-  (memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
-
-/* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
-# define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
-
-
-#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-void *calloc ();
-void *malloc ();
-void *realloc ();
-void free ();
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-#define N_(msgid) msgid
-
-#include "error.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-#endif
-
-/* The following tests require AC_PREREQ(2.54).  */
-
-#ifndef HAVE_MALLOC
-"you must run the autoconf test for a GNU libc compatible malloc"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_REALLOC
-"you must run the autoconf test for a GNU libc compatible realloc"
-#endif
-
-/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
-int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
-
-/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
-void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
-
-/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
-   before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
-char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
-
-void
-xalloc_die (void)
-{
-  if (xalloc_fail_func)
-    (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
-  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
-  /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
-     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
-     xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */
-  exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-
-/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xmalloc (size_t n)
-{
-  void *p;
-
-  p = malloc (n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
-   with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
-{
-  p = realloc (p, n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
-{
-  void *p;
-
-  p = calloc (n, s);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1996, 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING.  */
-
-char *
-xstrdup (const char *string)
-{
-  return strcpy (xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), string);
-}
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
-size_t strnlen ();
-#endif
-
-char *xstrndup (const char *s, size_t n);
-
-char *
-xstrndup (const char *s, size_t n)
-{
-  size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
-  char *new = xmalloc (len + 1);
-
-  if (new == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  new[len] = '\0';
-  return (char *) memcpy (new, s, len);
-}
@@ -1,19 +1,36 @@
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
+*_gl.m4
+alloca.m4
 codeset.m4
+dirname.m4
+dos.m4
+error.m4
+exitfail.m4
+extensions.m4
+getopt.m4
 gettext.m4
-glibc21.m4
+gnulib.m4
+hard-locale.m4
+hash.m4
 iconv.m4
-intdiv0.m4
-inttypes-pri.m4
-inttypes.m4
-inttypes_h.m4
-isc-posix.m4
-lcmessage.m4
 lib-ld.m4
 lib-link.m4
 lib-prefix.m4
+mbrtowc.m4
+mbstate_t.m4
+mbswidth.m4
+nls.m4
+obstack.m4
+onceonly.m4
+po.m4
 progtest.m4
-stdint_h.m4
-uintmax_t.m4
-ulonglong.m4
+quote.m4
+quotearg.m4
+stdbool.m4
+stpcpy.m4
+strdup.m4
+strerror_r.m4
+strndup.m4
+strnlen.m4
+unlocked-io.m4
+xalloc.m4
+xstrndup.m4
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-  dmalloc.m4 error.m4 \
-  m4.m4 mbrtowc.m4 mbswidth.m4 memcmp.m4 \
-  prereq.m4 stdbool.m4 subpipe.m4 timevar.m4 warning.m4 \
-  gettext.m4 iconv.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 progtest.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# -*- Autoconf -*-
+# Sanity-test a C++ compiler.
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+# Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]>.
+
+AC_DEFUN([BISON_TEST_FOR_WORKING_CXX_COMPILER],
+[
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $CXX builds executables that work],
+   bison_cv_cxx_works,
+   [AC_LANG_PUSH([C++])
+    AC_RUN_IFELSE(
+      [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+	 [#include <iostream>
+	  using namespace std;],
+         [std::cerr << "";
+          cout << "";])],
+      [bison_cv_cxx_works=yes],
+      [bison_cv_cxx_works=no],
+      [bison_cv_cxx_works=cross])
+    AC_LANG_POP([C++])])
+
+ case $bison_cv_cxx_works in
+ yes)
+    BISON_CXX_WORKS=':';;
+ no | cross)
+    BISON_CXX_WORKS='exit 77';;
+ esac
+
+ AC_SUBST([BISON_CXX_WORKS])
+])
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-#serial 4
-
-dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
-dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
-
-dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ERROR],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror vprintf doprnt)
-  AC_CHECK_DECLS([strerror])
-  AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-])
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-# mbrtowc.m4 serial 4 (fileutils-4.1.3)
-dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-dnl This file is free software, distributed under the terms of the GNU
-dnl General Public License.  As a special exception to the GNU General
-dnl Public License, this file may be distributed as part of a program
-dnl that contains a configuration script generated by Autoconf, under
-dnl the same distribution terms as the rest of that program.
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared],
-    jm_cv_func_mbrtowc,
-    [AC_TRY_LINK(
-       [#include <wchar.h>],
-       [mbstate_t state; return ! (sizeof state && mbrtowc);],
-       jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=yes,
-       jm_cv_func_mbrtowc=no)])
-  if test $jm_cv_func_mbrtowc = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MBRTOWC, 1,
-      [Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared.])
-  fi
-])
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-#serial 8
-
-dnl autoconf tests required for use of mbswidth.c
-dnl From Bruno Haible.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(wchar.h wctype.h)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(isascii iswcntrl iswprint mbsinit wcwidth)
-  jm_FUNC_MBRTOWC
-
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether wcwidth is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_wcwidth,
-    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
-/* AIX 3.2.5 declares wcwidth in <string.h>. */
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
-# include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-], [
-#ifndef wcwidth
-  char *p = (char *) wcwidth;
-#endif
-], ac_cv_have_decl_wcwidth=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_wcwidth=no)])
-  if test $ac_cv_have_decl_wcwidth = yes; then
-    ac_val=1
-  else
-    ac_val=0
-  fi
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH, $ac_val,
-    [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of wcwidth(), and to 0 otherwise.])
-
-  AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
-])
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-#serial 7
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_FUNC_MEMCMP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MEMCMP])dnl
- if test $ac_cv_func_memcmp_working = no; then
-   AC_DEFINE(memcmp, rpl_memcmp,
-     [Define to rpl_memcmp if the replacement function should be used.])
- fi
-])
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More